From fab960401e3133ac9dd6defb73967ada2f7bfe3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Sat, 14 Feb 2026 09:31:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] *: export 19.0 source terms --- locale/sources/finance.pot | 1461 ++++++------ locale/sources/general.pot | 8 +- locale/sources/hr.pot | 711 ++++-- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 162 +- locale/sources/marketing.pot | 234 +- locale/sources/productivity.pot | 376 +++- locale/sources/sales.pot | 3066 ++++++++++++++++---------- locale/sources/websites.pot | 2323 +++++++++---------- 8 files changed, 4916 insertions(+), 3425 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 66f45a32c0..3bda839d25 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-06 18:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:128 @@ -91,7 +92,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:620 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:572 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:524 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:349 msgid "Vendor bills" @@ -645,8 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:638 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:785 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:10 @@ -3335,6 +3336,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/iyzico.rst:20 @@ -6833,7 +6835,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:25 @@ -11211,7 +11213,7 @@ msgid "This information is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:164 msgid "Tax grids" msgstr "" @@ -12678,7 +12680,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:23 @@ -12715,7 +12717,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:24 @@ -15681,6 +15683,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/esg.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/finance/esg.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/esg.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:387 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:113 msgid "Product" @@ -18070,6 +18073,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:379 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:254 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -19186,7 +19190,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:258 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1338 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1773 @@ -19363,6 +19367,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:19 @@ -19940,7 +19945,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:186 msgid "E-invoicing" @@ -20226,8 +20231,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:950 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" @@ -20259,14 +20263,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:242 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:244 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" @@ -20525,10 +20529,10 @@ msgid "Monthly / Yearly closing receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:298 -msgid "To print monthly/yearly closing receipts, :ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard** and click :guilabel:`Open Register` on the related point of sale. Click the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` icon in the top-right corner and select :guilabel:`Montly/Yearly Receipts`." +msgid "To print monthly/yearly closing receipts, :ref:`open the related POS register ` from the **POS dashboard**. Click the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` icon in the top-right corner and select :guilabel:`Montly/Yearly Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:302 msgid "The last month is selected by default in the :guilabel:`Print closing receipts` window. To change it, select :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Yearly`, then click the :icon:`fa-calendar-o` :guilabel:`(calendar)` icon to select the desired month/year." msgstr "" @@ -21197,7 +21201,7 @@ msgid "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to :menusele msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:588 -msgid "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not clocked in, they cannot make POS orders. Likewise, they must click :guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." +msgid "At the opening of the POS register, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not clocked in, they cannot make POS orders. Likewise, they must click :guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:593 @@ -21309,7 +21313,7 @@ msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:683 -msgid "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`. The card is delivered by the :abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)` upon `registration `_." +msgid "When you open the POS register and make your initial transaction, you are prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`. The card is delivered by the :abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)` upon `registration `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:3 @@ -21554,7 +21558,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:739 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1099 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -21564,13 +21568,13 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:` msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:46 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any additional address information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" @@ -22127,7 +22131,7 @@ msgid "Only the products included in the original invoice can be included in the msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:330 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:221 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" @@ -22290,7 +22294,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:717 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:281 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:1055 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "" @@ -22304,7 +22308,7 @@ msgid "To generate an NFC-e, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:726 -msgid ":ref:`Open the relevant point of sale shop and make a sale `." +msgid ":ref:`Open the relevant point of sale shop and make a sale `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:727 @@ -22312,7 +22316,7 @@ msgid "Validate the payment to calculate taxes and issue an NFC-e. The valid NFC msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:None -msgid "NFC-e Success in a POS session." +msgid "NFC-e Success in the POS register." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:734 @@ -22376,7 +22380,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Send NFC-e`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:773 -msgid "If the error has been corrected and the PoS session is closed, Odoo logs the tax adjustment in the chatter of the related journal entry. The journal entry for the order indicates that the taxes were incorrectly calculated. In this case, reprocessing the NFC-e is required." +msgid "If the error has been corrected and the POS register is closed, Odoo logs the tax adjustment in the chatter of the related journal entry. The journal entry for the order indicates that the taxes were incorrectly calculated. In this case, reprocessing the NFC-e is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:None @@ -22388,7 +22392,7 @@ msgid "NFC-e refunds & cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:785 -msgid ":ref:`Refunds can be processed directly in Odoo `, but *cancellations* must be performed through the official government portal." +msgid ":ref:`Refunds can be processed directly in Odoo `, but *cancellations* must be performed through the official government portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:788 @@ -23041,6 +23045,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:230 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" @@ -23052,7 +23057,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:243 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" @@ -24755,7 +24760,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:42 @@ -26485,7 +26490,7 @@ msgid "To :doc:`create a payment method for a point of sale <../../sales/point_o msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:870 -msgid "The P0S cashier can :ref:`create a new contact for a customer ` who requests an invoice from an open POS session." +msgid "The P0S cashier can :ref:`create a new contact for a customer ` who requests an invoice from the POS register." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:873 @@ -26505,7 +26510,7 @@ msgid "When clients do not request an electronic invoice for their purchase, Odo msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:891 -msgid "If the client requests a credit note due to a return of this type of purchase, the credit note should be made using the client's real contact information. Credit notes cannot be created for *Consumidor Final* and can be managed :ref:`directly from the POS session `." +msgid "If the client requests a credit note due to a return of this type of purchase, the credit note should be made using the client's real contact information. Credit notes cannot be created for *Consumidor Final* and can be managed :ref:`directly from the POS register `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:898 @@ -26517,7 +26522,7 @@ msgid "If a customer requests an invoice for their purchase, it is possible to s msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:904 -msgid "If the client requests a credit note due to a return of this type of purchase, the credit note and return process can be managed :ref:`directly from the POS session `." +msgid "If the client requests a credit note due to a return of this type of purchase, the credit note and return process can be managed :ref:`directly from the POS register `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:3 @@ -26543,7 +26548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 msgid "Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" @@ -28092,7 +28097,7 @@ msgid "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:700 -msgid "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it daily, the module prevents them from resuming a session that was opened more than 24 hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgid "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS register. Closing the POS register can be done at any time. To prompt users to do it daily, the module prevents them from resuming a session that was opened more than 24 hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:704 @@ -28309,7 +28314,7 @@ msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:158 -msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" +msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:160 @@ -28513,7 +28518,7 @@ msgid "DSFinV-K export" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:318 -msgid "Whenever you close a PoS session, the details of the orders are sent to the :abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgid "Whenever you close the POS register, the details of the orders are sent to the :abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:321 @@ -28678,7 +28683,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:81 @@ -29280,7 +29286,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/dpo.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/redsys.rst:35 @@ -29881,6 +29887,7 @@ msgid "After all bills are fully matched, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guila msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:111 msgid "Tax reports" msgstr "" @@ -30289,116 +30296,159 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as Odoo uses this field to generate the QRIS QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:10 -msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Italian localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:20 -msgid "Italy - Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:21 -msgid "`l10n_it`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:23 -msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:15 +msgid "The following modules are installed automatically with the Italian localization:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:24 -msgid "`l10n_it_edi`" +msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:25 -msgid "E-invoice implementation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:26 -msgid "Italy - E-invoicing (Withholding)" +msgid "`l10n_it`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:27 -msgid "`l10n_it_edi_withholding`" +msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:28 -msgid "E-invoice withholding" +msgid "`l10n_it_edi`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:29 -msgid "Italy - Accounting Reports" +msgid "E-invoice implementation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:30 -msgid "`l10n_it_reports`" +msgid "Italy - Declaration of Intent" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:23 -msgid "Country-specific reports" +msgid "`l10n_it_edi_doi`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 -msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" +msgid "Support for the Declaration of Intent (Dichiarazione di Intento)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 -msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" +msgid "Italy - Sale E-invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:34 -msgid "Transport documents - Documento di Trasporto (DDT)" +msgid "`l10n_it_edi_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:35 +msgid "Sale modifications for E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:36 +msgid "Italy - Point of Sale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Italy <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/italy>`" +msgid "`l10n_it_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:38 +msgid "Integration of Odoo PoS with the Italian fiscal printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:39 +msgid "Italy - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:40 +msgid "`l10n_it_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 +msgid "Italian reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:42 +msgid "Italy - Bank Receipts (Ri.Ba.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:43 -msgid "Configuring the company's information ensures your Accounting database is properly set up. To add information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Companies` section, click :guilabel:`Update info`. From here, fill out the fields:" +msgid "`l10n_it_riba`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:44 +msgid "Generation of |Ri.Ba.| files from batch payments in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:45 +msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:46 +msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:47 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address of the company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: VAT of the company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:49 -msgid ":guilabel:`Codice Fiscale`: the fiscal code of the company;" +msgid "Transport documents - Documento di Trasporto (DDT)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:50 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax System`: the tax system under which the company falls;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/turkiye.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:30 +msgid "In some cases, such as when upgrading to a version with additional modules, it is possible that modules may not be installed automatically. Any missing modules can be manually :ref:`installed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Italy <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/italy>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:63 +msgid "To use all the features of this fiscal localization, the following fields are required on the :ref:`company record `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: VAT of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Codice Fiscale`: the fiscal code of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax System`: the tax system under which the company falls" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Company information to be provided" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:78 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:80 msgid "Many of the e-invoicing features are implemented using Odoo's tax system. As such, taxes must be properly configured to generate invoices correctly and handle other billing use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:83 msgid "The **Italian** localization contains predefined **examples** of taxes for various purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:88 msgid "Tax exemption" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:90 msgid "The use of sale taxes that amount to **zero percent** (0%) is required by Italian authorities to keep track of the exact :guilabel:`Tax Exemption Kind (Natura)` and :guilabel:`Law Reference` that justify the exemption operated on an invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:95 msgid "The export tax in the EU can be used as reference (`0% EU`, invoice label `00eu`). It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Exports are exempt from VAT, and therefore, they require :guilabel:`Exoneration` kind and :guilabel:`Law Reference` filled in." msgstr "" @@ -30406,32 +30456,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tax Exemption Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:103 msgid "There are many :guilabel:`Tax Exemption Kind (Natura)` and :guilabel:`Law Reference` codes. Make sure you check the latest version available to get the latest information on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:106 msgid "`Italian authorities documentation `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:107 msgid "`Official guide on Tax exemption `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:110 msgid "If you need to use a different kind of exoneration, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, select a similar tax, then click on the cog icon and select :guilabel:`Duplicate`. In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, add the :guilabel:`Exoneration` and :guilabel:`Law Reference`. To confirm click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:116 msgid "**Rename** your taxes in the :guilabel:`Name` field according to their :guilabel:`Exoneration` to differentiate them easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:122 msgid "Reverse charge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid "The **reverse charge** mechanism is a VAT rule that shifts the liability to pay VAT from the supplier to the customer. The customers pay the VAT *themselves* to the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)` instead. There are different types:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:124 +msgid "The **reverse charge** mechanism is a VAT rule that shifts the liability to pay VAT from the supplier to the customer. The customers pay the VAT *themselves* to the |AdE| instead. There are different types:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 @@ -30450,122 +30500,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "VAT is due in the country of the delivery or in the country where the service is performed. When the buyer is itself an Italian business, then the EU offers a mechanism that allows the seller to transfer his responsibility to the buyer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:557 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:146 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:116 -msgid "**Reverse-charged** customer invoices show no VAT amount, but the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)` requires the seller to specify the :guilabel:`Tax Exemption` reason and the :guilabel:`Law Reference` that enable the reverse-charge mechanism. Odoo provides a set of special 0% taxes that can be assigned to each reverse-charged invoice lines, representing the most commonly used configurations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:140 +msgid "**Reverse-charged** customer invoices show no VAT amount, but the |AdE| requires the seller to specify the :guilabel:`Tax Exemption` reason and the :guilabel:`Law Reference` that enable the reverse-charge mechanism. Odoo provides a set of special 0% taxes that can be assigned to each reverse-charged invoice lines, representing the most commonly used configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:125 -msgid "Italian companies subjected to Reverse Charge must send the information in the bill received to the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:150 +msgid "Italian companies subject to **reverse charge** must send bill details to the |AdE|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:129 -msgid "Self-reported VAT XML files must be issued and sent to the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle Entrate)` for reverse charged bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:153 +msgid "Self-reported VAT XML files must be issued and sent to the |AdE| for **reverse charged** bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:155 msgid "When creating a vendor bill, **reverse charge** taxes are available to be added in the :guilabel:`Taxes` field. You can check which taxes are available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, you can see that the 10% Goods and 22% Services taxes are activated, among others. Due to the automated configuration of the Italian fiscal position, these are automatically activated in the tax list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:143 -msgid "The Italian localization has a specific :ref:`tax grid ` section for **reverse charge** taxes. These tax grids are identifiable by the :ref:`VJ ` tag, and can be found by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:166 +msgid "The Italian localization has a specific :ref:`tax grid ` section for **reverse charge** taxes. These tax grids are identifiable by the :guilabel:`VJ` tag, and can be found by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Return`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Reverse charge tax grid from the VJ section of the Tax Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:156 -msgid "The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` is the :doc:`electronic invoicing <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` system used in Italy. It enables the sending and receiving of electronic invoices to and from customers. The documents must be in an XML :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)` format called **FatturaPA** and formally validated by the system before being delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:179 +msgid "Make sure all the Italian-specific e-invoicing :ref:`modules ` are :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:162 -msgid "To be able to receive invoices and notifications, the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` service must be notified that the user's files need to be sent to Odoo and processed on their behalf. To do so, you must set up Odoo's :guilabel:`Destination Code` on the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle Entrate)` portal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:182 +msgid "The |SdI| is the :doc:`electronic invoicing <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` system used in Italy. It enables the sending and receiving of electronic invoices to and from customers. The documents must be in an XML :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)` format called **FatturaPA** and formally validated by the system before being delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:167 -msgid "Go to `Italian authorities portal `_ and authenticate;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:187 +msgid "To be able to receive invoices and notifications, the |SdI| service must be notified that the user's files need to be sent to Odoo and processed on their behalf. To do so, you must set up Odoo's :guilabel:`Destination Code` on the |AdE| portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:169 -msgid "Go to section :menuselection:`Fatture e Corrispettivi`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:191 +msgid "Go to the `Italian authorities portal `_ and authenticate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:170 -msgid "Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the electronic address;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:193 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Fatture e Corrispettivi` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:194 +msgid "Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the electronic address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:195 msgid "In :menuselection:`Servizi Disponibili --> Fatturazione Elettronica --> Registrazione dell’indirizzo telematico dove ricevere tutte le fatture elettroniche`, insert Odoo's :guilabel:`Destination Code` `K95IV18`, and confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:176 -msgid "EDI Mode and authorization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:178 -msgid "Since the files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` or received by your database, you need to authorize Odoo to process your files from your database. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Electronic Document Invoicing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:183 -msgid "There are three modes available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid ":guilabel:`Demo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid "This mode simulates an environment in which invoices are sent to the government. In this mode, invoices need to be *manually* downloaded as XML files and uploaded to the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`'s website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid ":guilabel:`Test (experimental)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid "This mode sends invoices to a non-production (i.e., test) service made available by the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`. Saving this change directs all companies on the database to use this configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid ":guilabel:`Official`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid "This is a production mode that sends your invoices directly to the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:197 -msgid "Once a mode is selected, you need to accept the **terms and conditions** by ticking :guilabel:`Allow Odoo to process invoices`, and then :guilabel:`Save`. You can now record your transactions in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:202 -msgid "Selecting either :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Official` is **irreversible**. For example, once in :guilabel:`Official` mode, it is not possible to select :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Demo`. We recommend creating a **separate database** for testing purposes only." +msgid "Demo and production modes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:208 -msgid "When in :guilabel:`Test (Experimental)` mode, all invoices sent *must* have a partner using one of the following fake :guilabel:`Destination Code` given by the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle Entrate)`: `0803HR0` - `N8MIMM9` - `X9XX79Z`. Any real production :guilabel:`Codice Destinario` of your customers will not be recognized as valid by the test service." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:205 +msgid "Demo mode is enabled by default and remains active until the option :guilabel:`By checking this box, I authorize Odoo to send and receive my invoices through the Sistema di Interscambio (SDI)` is enabled in the :guilabel:`Fattura Electronica (FatturaPA)` section. Once this option is activated, production mode is enabled and cannot be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None -msgid "Electronic document invoicing settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:209 +msgid "Demo mode simulates an environment in which invoices are sent to the government. In this mode, invoices must be *manually* downloaded as XML files and uploaded to the |AdE|'s website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:219 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:212 +msgid "Since files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to the |SdI| or received by your database, authorization is required for Odoo to process them. To activate production mode and enable transmission to the |SdI|, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:216 +msgid "Make sure the :guilabel:`Codice Fiscale` field is completed in the :ref:`Company information `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:218 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the :guilabel:`Italian Electronic Invoicing` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:220 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Fattura Electronica (FatturaPA)` section, enable the option :guilabel:`By checking this box, I authorize Odoo to send and receive my invoices through the Sistema di Interscambio (SDI)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:647 msgid "Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:221 -msgid "The submission of invoices to the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` for Italy is an electronic process used for the mandatory transmission of tax documents in XML format between companies and the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)` to reduce errors and verify the correctness of operations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:230 +msgid "The submission of invoices to the |SdI| for Italy is an electronic process used for the mandatory transmission of tax documents in XML format between companies and the |AdE| to reduce errors and verify the correctness of operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:235 msgid "You can check the current status of an invoice by the :guilabel:`SdI State` field. The XML file is attached to the invoice." msgstr "" @@ -30573,19 +30603,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "EDI system architecture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:233 -msgid "XML Documents creation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:244 +msgid "XML documents creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:235 -msgid "Odoo generates the required XML files as attachments to invoices in the `FatturaPA` format required by the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`. Once the invoices needed are selected, go to :guilabel:`Action` and click on :guilabel:`Send and Print`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:246 +msgid "Odoo generates the required XML files as attachments to invoices in the `FatturaPA` format required by the |AdE|. Once the invoices needed are selected, go to :guilabel:`Action` and click on :guilabel:`Send and Print`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Send and Print menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:253 msgid "When the pop-up window opens there is a selection of actions that can be taken. :guilabel:`Generate XML File` generates the attachments." msgstr "" @@ -30593,7 +30623,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send and Print dialog" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:259 msgid "The XML file as well as the PDF once can be found attached to the invoice." msgstr "" @@ -30601,51 +30631,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "EDI Attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:267 msgid "Submission to SDI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:256 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Send to Tax Agency` option in the :guilabel:`Send and Print` dialog sends the attachment to the :guilabel:`Proxy Server`, which gathers all requests and then forwards them via a WebServices channel to the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. Check the sending status of the invoice through the :guilabel:`Check Sending` button at the top of the invoice's view." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:269 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Send to Tax Agency` option in the :guilabel:`Send and Print` dialog sends the attachment to the :guilabel:`Proxy Server`, which gathers all requests and then forwards them via a WebServices channel to the |SdI|. Check the sending status of the invoice through the :guilabel:`Check Sending` button at the top of the invoice's view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:277 msgid "Processing by SDI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:264 -msgid "The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` receives the document and verifies for any errors. At this stage, the invoice is in the :guilabel:`SdI Processing` state, as shown on the invoice. The invoice also gets assigned a :guilabel:`FatturaPA Transaction` number that is shown in the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab. The checks may take variable time, ranging from a few seconds up to a day, depending on the queue of invoices sent throughout Italy." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 +msgid "The |SdI| receives the document and verifies for any errors. At this stage, the invoice is in the :guilabel:`SdI Processing` state, as shown on the invoice. The invoice also gets assigned a :guilabel:`FatturaPA Transaction` number that is shown in the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab. The checks may take variable time, ranging from a few seconds up to a day, depending on the queue of invoices sent throughout Italy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Check Sending button and Sdi Processing state" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:291 msgid "Acceptance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:276 -msgid "If the document is valid, it is recorded and considered fiscally valid by the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`, which will proceed with archiving in :guilabel:`Substitute Storage (Conservazione Sostitutiva)` if explicitly requested on the Agency's portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:281 -msgid "Odoo does not offer the `Conservazione Sostitutiva `_ requirements. Other providers and :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)` supply free and certified storage to meet the specifications requested by law." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:286 -msgid "The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` :guilabel:`Destination Code` attempts to forward the invoice to the customer at the provided address, whether it is a `PEC` email address or a :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` :guilabel:`Destination Code` for their ERP's WebServices channels. A maximum of 6 attempts are made every 12 hours, so even if unsuccessful, this process can take up to three days. The invoice status is :guilabel:`Accepted by SDI, Forwarding to Partner`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:293 -msgid "Possible Rejection" +msgid "If the document is valid, it is recorded and considered fiscally valid by the |AdE|, which will proceed with archiving in :guilabel:`Substitute Storage (Conservazione Sostitutiva)` if explicitly requested on the Agency's portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:295 -msgid "The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` may find inaccuracies in the compilation, possibly even formal ones. In this case, the invoice is in the :guilabel:`SDI Rejected` state. The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`'s observations are inserted at the top of the Invoice tab. To resolve the issue, it is sufficient to delete the attachments of the invoice, return the invoice to :guilabel:`Draft`, and fix the errors. Once the invoice is ready, it can be resent." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:298 +msgid "Odoo does not offer the `Conservazione Sostitutiva `_ requirements. Other providers and |AdE| supply free and certified storage to meet the specifications requested by law." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:303 +msgid "The |SdI| :guilabel:`Destination Code` attempts to forward the invoice to the customer at the provided address, whether it is a `PEC` email address or a |SdI| :guilabel:`Destination Code` for their ERP's WebServices channels. A maximum of 6 attempts are made every 12 hours, so even if unsuccessful, this process can take up to three days. The invoice status is :guilabel:`Accepted by SDI, Forwarding to Partner`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:312 +msgid "Possible rejection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:314 +msgid "The |SdI| may find inaccuracies in the compilation, possibly even formal ones. In this case, the invoice is in the :guilabel:`SDI Rejected` state. The |SdI|'s observations are inserted at the top of the Invoice tab. To resolve the issue, it is sufficient to delete the attachments of the invoice, return the invoice to :guilabel:`Draft`, and fix the errors. Once the invoice is ready, it can be resent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:321 msgid "To regenerate the XML, both the XML attachment and the PDF report must be deleted, so that they are then regenerated together. This ensures that both always contain the same data." msgstr "" @@ -30653,32 +30683,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "EDI Rejected State" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:309 -msgid "Forwarding Completed" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:330 +msgid "Forwarding completed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:332 msgid "The invoice has been delivered to the customer; however, you can still send a copy to the customer in PDF via email or post. Its status is :guilabel:`Accepted by SDI, Delivered to Partner`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:314 -msgid "If the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` cannot contact your customer, they may not be registered on the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)` portal. In this case, just make sure to send the invoice in PDF via email or by mail. The invoice is then in the :guilabel:`Accepted by SDI, Partner Delivery Failed` state." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:335 +msgid "If the |SdI| cannot contact your customer, they may not be registered on the |AdE| portal. In this case, just make sure to send the invoice in PDF via email or by mail. The invoice is then in the :guilabel:`Accepted by SDI, Partner Delivery Failed` state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:320 -msgid "Tax Integration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:342 +msgid "Tax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:322 -msgid "When you receive a vendor bill, either from :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`, from paper or from an imported XML file, the Tax Agency might request that you send some tax information integration back to the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. It happens when a transaction that was tax exempt becomes taxable for any reason." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:344 +msgid "When you receive a vendor bill, either from |SdI|, from paper or from an imported XML file, the Tax Agency might request that you send some tax information integration back to the |SdI|. It happens when a transaction that was tax exempt becomes taxable for any reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:349 msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`italy/reverse-charge`" +msgid ":ref:`localizations/italy/reverse-charge`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 @@ -30686,11 +30716,11 @@ msgid "As a buyer, you have to pay taxes on what you buy and integrate tax infor msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`italy/split-payment`" +msgid ":ref:`localizations/italy/split-payment`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 -msgid "As a :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business buyer, you have to pay taxes and integrate tax information. Be sure that you replace the :guilabel:`0% Sale Taxes` on the vendor bill you received with the correct :guilabel:`Split Payment` taxes." +msgid "As a |PA| business buyer, you have to pay taxes and integrate tax information. Be sure that you replace the :guilabel:`0% Sale Taxes` on the vendor bill you received with the correct :guilabel:`Split Payment` taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:0 @@ -30701,15 +30731,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When, as a business owner, you use an asset that you bought for business for personal reasons instead, you have to pay those taxes you originally deducted as a business cost for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:341 -msgid "Odoo may detect that your vendor bill can be interpreted as a document of a type that needs tax integration, as detailed in the :ref:`italy/document-types` section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:362 +msgid "Odoo may detect that your vendor bill can be interpreted as a document of a type that needs tax integration, as detailed in the :ref:`localizations/italy/document-types` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:345 -msgid "Be sure that you replace the :guilabel:`0% Sale Taxes` on the vendor bill you received with the ones you're supposed to pay to the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`. A button then appears on the top of the single vendor bill form to send them." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:366 +msgid "Be sure that you replace the :guilabel:`0% Sale Taxes` on the vendor bill you received with the ones you're supposed to pay to the |AdE|. A button then appears on the top of the single vendor bill form to send them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:370 msgid "When clicking on the :guilabel:`Send Tax Integration` button, an XML file of the appropriate :guilabel:`Document Type` is generated, attached to the bill, and sent as for invoices." msgstr "" @@ -30717,517 +30747,508 @@ msgstr "" msgid "EDI Send Tax Integration button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:358 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:328 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:360 -msgid "The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` requires businesses to send customer invoices and other documents through the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:363 -msgid "The following :guilabel:`Document Type` codes all technically identify different business use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:366 -msgid "TD01 - Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:368 -msgid "This represents the standard **domestic** scenario for all invoices exchanged through the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. Any invoice that doesn't fall into one of the specific special cases is categorized as a regular invoice, identified by the :guilabel:`Document Type` `TD01`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:373 -msgid "TD02 - Down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:375 -msgid "**Down payment** invoices are imported/exported with a different :guilabel:`Document Type` code `TDO2` than regular invoices. Upon import of the invoice, a regular vendor bill is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:378 -msgid "Odoo exports transactions as `TD02` if the following conditions are met:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:502 -msgid "It is an invoice;" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:381 -msgid "All invoice lines are related to down payment sales order lines." +msgid "The |SdI| requires businesses to send customer invoices and other documents through the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:384 -msgid "TD04 - Credit notes" +msgid "The following :guilabel:`Document Type` codes all technically identify different business use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:386 -msgid "It is the standard scenario for all **credit notes** issued to **domestic** clients, when we need to formally acknowledge that the seller is reducing or cancelling a previously issued invoice, for example, in case of overbilling, incorrect items, or overpayment. Just like invoices, they must be sent to the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`, their :guilabel:`Document Type` `TD04`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:389 +msgid "TD01 - invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:392 -msgid "TD07, TD08, TD09 - Simplified Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:394 -msgid "Simplified invoices (`TD07`), credit notes (`TD08`), and debit notes (`TD09`) can be used to certify domestic transactions under 400 EUR (VAT included). Its status is the same as that of a regular invoice, but with fewer information requirements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:391 +msgid "This represents the standard **domestic** scenario for all invoices exchanged through the |SdI|. Any invoice that doesn't fall into one of the specific special cases is categorized as a regular invoice, identified by the :guilabel:`Document Type` `TD01`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:398 -msgid "For a simplified invoice to be established, it must include:" +msgid "TD02 - down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:400 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` reference: **unique** numbering sequence with **no gaps**;" +msgid "**Down payment** invoices are imported/exported with a different :guilabel:`Document Type` code `TDO2` than regular invoices. Upon import of the invoice, a regular vendor bill is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:401 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date`: issue **date** of the invoice;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:402 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company Info`: the **seller**'s full credentials (VAT/TIN number, name, full address) under :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies (section)`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:404 -msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: the **buyer**'s VAT/TIN number (on the partner form);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:403 +msgid "Odoo exports transactions as `TD02` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:405 -msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: the total **amount** (VAT included) of the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:545 +msgid "It is an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:407 -msgid "In the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`, Odoo exports invoices as simplified if:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:406 +msgid "All invoice lines are related to down payment sales order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:409 -msgid "It is a domestic transaction (i.e., the partner is from Italy);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:410 -msgid "Your company's **required fields** (:guilabel:`VAT Number` or :guilabel:`Codice Fiscale`, :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, and full **address**) are provided;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:412 -msgid "The partner's address is not fully specified (i.e., it misses the City or the ZipCode);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:411 +msgid "TD04 - credit notes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:413 -msgid "The total amount of VAT included is **less** than **400 EUR**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:416 -msgid "The 400 EUR threshold was defined in `the decree of the 10th of May 2019 in the Gazzetta Ufficiale `_. We advise you to check the current official value." +msgid "It is the standard scenario for all **credit notes** issued to **domestic** clients, when we need to formally acknowledge that the seller is reducing or cancelling a previously issued invoice, for example, in case of overbilling, incorrect items, or overpayment. Just like invoices, they must be sent to the |SdI|, their :guilabel:`Document Type` `TD04`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:421 -msgid "TD16 - Internal Reverse Charge" +msgid "TD07, TD08, TD09 - simplified invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:423 -msgid "Internal reverse charge transactions (see :ref:`italy/tax-exemption` and :ref:`italy/reverse-charge`) are exported as `TD16` if the following conditions are met:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:426 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:443 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:457 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:475 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:531 -msgid "It is a vendor bill;" +msgid "Simplified invoices (`TD07`), credit notes (`TD08`), and debit notes (`TD09`) can be used to certify domestic transactions under 400 EUR (VAT included). Its status is the same as that of a regular invoice, but with fewer information requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:427 -msgid "It has at least **one tax** on the invoice lines that targets one of these :ref:`tax grids `: `VJ6`, `VJ7`, `VJ8`, `VJ12`, `VJ13`, `VJ14`, `VJ15`, `VJ16`, `VJ17`" +msgid "For a simplified invoice to be established, it must include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:429 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` reference: **unique** numbering sequence with **no gaps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:430 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date`: issue **date** of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:431 -msgid "TD17 - Buying services from abroad" +msgid ":ref:`Company Info `: the **seller**'s full credentials (VAT/TIN number, name, full address)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:433 -msgid "When buying **services** from **EU** and **non-EU** countries, the foreign *seller* invoices a service with a **VAT-excluded** price, as it is not taxable in Italy. The VAT is paid by the *buyer* in Italy." +msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: the **buyer**'s VAT/TIN number (on the partner form)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:437 -msgid "Within the EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: the total **amount** (VAT included) of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:436 +msgid "In the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`, Odoo exports invoices as simplified if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:438 +msgid "It is a domestic transaction (i.e., the partner is from Italy)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:439 -msgid "Non-EU: the *buyer* sends themselves an invoice (i.e., **self-billing**)." +msgid "Your company's **required fields** (:guilabel:`VAT Number` or :guilabel:`Codice Fiscale`, :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, and full **address**) are provided." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:441 -msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD17` if the following conditions are met:" +msgid "The partner's address is not fully specified (i.e., it misses the City or the ZipCode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:444 -msgid "It has at least **one tax** on the invoice lines that targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:442 +msgid "The total amount of VAT included is **less** than **400 EUR**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:446 -msgid "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Services` as **products**, or a tax with the :guilabel:`Services` as **tax scope**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:450 -msgid "TD18 - Buying goods from EU" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:445 +msgid "The 400 EUR threshold was defined in `the decree of the 10th of May 2019 in the Gazzetta Ufficiale `_. We advise you to check the current official value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:452 -msgid "Invoices issued within the EU follow a **standard format**, therefore only an integration of the existing invoice is required." +msgid "TD16 - internal reverse charge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:455 -msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD18` if the following conditions are met:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:454 +msgid "Internal **reverse charge** transactions (see :ref:`localizations/italy/tax-exemption` and :ref:`localizations/italy/reverse-charge`) are exported as `TD16` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:458 -msgid "The **partner** is from an **EU** country;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:580 +msgid "It is a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:459 -msgid "It has at least one tax on the invoice lines that targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ9 `;" +msgid "It has at least **one tax** on the invoice lines that targets one of these :ref:`tax grids `: `VJ6`, `VJ7`, `VJ8`, `VJ12`, `VJ13`, `VJ14`, `VJ15`, `VJ16`, `VJ17`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:460 -msgid "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` as **products**, or a tax with :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:465 +msgid "TD17 - buying services from abroad" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:464 -msgid "TD19 - Buying goods from VAT deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:466 -msgid "Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are already in **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:469 -msgid "From the EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:467 +msgid "When buying **services** from **EU** and **non-EU** countries, the foreign *seller* invoices a service with a **VAT-excluded** price, as it is not taxable in Italy. The VAT is paid by the *buyer* in Italy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:471 -msgid "Non-EU: the *buyer* sends an invoice to *themselves* (i.e., **self-billing**)." +msgid "Within the EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:473 -msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as a `TD19` if the following conditions are met:" +msgid "Non-EU: the *buyer* sends themselves an invoice (i.e., **self-billing**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:476 -msgid "It has at least one tax on the invoice lines that targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:475 +msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD17` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:477 -msgid "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumables` as products, or a tax with :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:478 +msgid "It has at least **one tax** on the invoice lines that targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:481 -msgid "TD24 - Deferred invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:480 +msgid "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Services` as **products**, or a tax with the :guilabel:`Services` as **tax scope**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:483 -msgid "The **deferred invoice** is an invoice that is **issued at a later time** than the sale of goods or the provision of services. A **deferred invoice** has to be issued at the latest within the **15th day** of the month following the delivery covered by the document." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:486 +msgid "TD18 - buying goods from EU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:487 -msgid "It usually is a **summary invoice** containing a list of multiple sales of goods or services carried out in the month. The business is allowed to **group** the sales into **one invoice**, generally issued at the **end of the month** for accounting purposes. Deferred invoices are default for **wholesalers** having recurrent clients." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:488 +msgid "Invoices issued within the EU follow a **standard format**, therefore only an integration of the existing invoice is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:492 -msgid "If the goods are transported by a **carrier**, every delivery has an associated **Documento di Transporto (DDT)**, or **Transport Document**. The deferred invoice **must** indicate the details of all the **DDTs** information for better tracing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:491 +msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD18` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:494 +msgid "The **partner** is from an **EU** country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:495 +msgid "It has at least one tax on the invoice lines that targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ9 `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:497 -msgid "E-invoicing of deferred invoices requires the `l10n_it_stock_ddt` :ref:`module `. In this case, a dedicated :guilabel:`Document Type` `TD24` is used in the e-invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:500 -msgid "Odoo exports transactions as `TD24` if the following conditions are met:" +msgid "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` as **products**, or a tax with :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:503 -msgid "It is associated with deliveries whose **DDTs** have a **different** date than the issue date of the invoice." +msgid "TD19 - buying goods from VAT deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:507 -msgid "TD28 - San Marino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:505 +msgid "Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are already in **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:508 +msgid "From the EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:510 +msgid "Non-EU: the *buyer* sends an invoice to *themselves* (i.e., **self-billing**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:512 -msgid "San Marino and Italy have special agreements on e-invoicing operations. As such, **invoices** follow the regular **reverse charge** rules. You can use the proper :guilabel:`Document Type` depending on the invoice type: `TD01`, `TD04`, `TD05`, `TD24`, `TD25`. Additional requirements are not enforced by Odoo. However, the user is requested by the **State** to:" +msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as a `TD19` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:515 +msgid "It has at least one tax on the invoice lines that targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:517 -msgid "Select a tax with the :guilabel:`Tax Exemption Kind` set to `N3.3`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:518 -msgid "Use the generic :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` :guilabel:`Destination Code` `2R4GTO8`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:520 -msgid "The invoice is then routed by a dedicated office in San Marino to the correct business." +msgid "All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumables` as products, or a tax with :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:523 -msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgid "TD24 - deferred invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:525 -msgid "When a **paper bill** is received from San Marino, any Italian company **must** submit that invoice to the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)` by indicating the e-invoice's :guilabel:`Document Type` field with the special value `TD28`." +msgid "The **deferred invoice** is an invoice that is **issued at a later time** than the sale of goods or the provision of services. A **deferred invoice** has to be issued at the latest within the **15th day** of the month following the delivery covered by the document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:529 -msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD28` if the following conditions are met:" +msgid "It usually is a **summary invoice** containing a list of multiple sales of goods or services carried out in the month. The business is allowed to **group** the sales into **one invoice**, generally issued at the **end of the month** for accounting purposes. Deferred invoices are default for **wholesalers** having recurrent clients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:532 -msgid "It has at least one tax on the invoice lines that targets the tax grids :ref:`VJ `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:534 +msgid "If the goods are transported by a **carrier**, every delivery has an associated **Documento di Transporto (DDT)**, or **Transport Document**. The deferred invoice **must** indicate the details of all the **DDTs** information for better tracing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:533 -msgid "The **country** of the partner is **San Marino**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:539 +msgid "E-invoicing of deferred invoices requires the `l10n_it_stock_ddt` :ref:`module `. In this case, a dedicated :guilabel:`Document Type` `TD24` is used in the e-invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:536 -msgid "Public Administration Businesses (B2G)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:543 +msgid "Odoo exports transactions as `TD24` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:538 -msgid ":abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` businesses are subjected to more control than private businesses as they handle public money coming from taxpayers. The :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)` process adds some steps to the :ref:`regular one `, as :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` businesses can **accept** or **refuse** invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:546 +msgid "It is associated with deliveries whose **DDTs** have a **different** date than the issue date of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:544 -msgid ":abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` businesses have a 6-digit long :guilabel:`Destination Code`, also called :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)`, that is **mandatory**, **PEC** address cannot be used in this case." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:552 +msgid "TD28 - San Marino" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:549 -msgid "`Complete list of businesses that belong to the Public Administration along with their Destination Code `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:559 +msgid "San Marino and Italy have special agreements on e-invoicing operations. As such, **invoices** follow the regular **reverse charge** rules. You can use the proper :guilabel:`Document Type` depending on the invoice type: `TD01`, `TD04`, `TD05`, `TD24`, `TD25`. Additional requirements are not enforced by Odoo. However, the user is requested by the **State** to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:553 -msgid "CIG, CUP, DatiOrdineAcquisto" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:564 +msgid "Select a tax with the :guilabel:`Tax Exemption Kind` set to `N3.3`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:555 -msgid "To ensure the effective traceability of payments by public administrations, electronic invoices issued to public administrations must contain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:558 -msgid "The :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)`, except in cases of exclusion from traceability obligations provided by law n. 136 of August 13, 2010;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:560 -msgid "The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`, in case of invoices related to public works." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:562 -msgid "If the XML file requires it, the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle Entrate)` can *only* proceed payments of electronic invoices when the XML file contains a :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` and :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:565 +msgid "Use the generic |SdI| :guilabel:`Destination Code` `2R4GTO8`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:567 -msgid "The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)` and the :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` must be included in one of the `DatiOrdineAcquisto`, `DatiContratto`, `DatiConvenzione`, `DateRicezione`, or `DatiFattureCollegate` XML tags." +msgid "The invoice is then routed by a dedicated office in San Marino to the correct business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:571 -msgid "These correspond to the elements named :guilabel:`CodiceCUP` and :guilabel:`CodiceCIG` of the electronic invoice XML file, whose table can be found on the government `website `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:574 +msgid "When a **paper bill** is received from San Marino, any Italian company **must** submit that invoice to the |AdE| by indicating the e-invoice's :guilabel:`Document Type` field with the special value `TD28`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:578 -msgid "Split Payment" +msgid "Odoo exports a transaction as `TD28` if the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:580 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Split Payment` mechanism behaves much like :ref:`italy/reverse-charge`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:581 +msgid "It has at least one tax on the invoice lines that targets the tax grids :ref:`VJ `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:583 -msgid "When an Italian company bills a :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business - for example, cleaning services for a public building - the :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business self-reports the VAT to the Tax Agency themselves, and the vendor just has to select the appropriate tax with the right :guilabel:`Tax Exemption` for their invoice lines." +msgid "The **country** of the partner is **San Marino**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:588 -msgid "The specific :guilabel:`Scissione dei Pagamenti` fiscal position is available to deal with partners belonging to the :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)`." +msgid "Public administration businesses (B2G)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:597 -msgid "Qualified electronic signature" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:590 +msgid "|PA| businesses are subjected to more control than private businesses as they handle public money coming from taxpayers. The :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)` process adds some steps to the :ref:`regular one `, as |PA| businesses can **accept** or **refuse** invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:599 -msgid "Invoices and bills intended for the :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` must include a **qualified electronic signature** when submitted through the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. This signature is automatically applied in the :abbr:`XAdES (XML Advanced Electronic Signature)` format when the invoice's partner has a 6-digit long :guilabel:`Destination Code` (which indicates a :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:596 +msgid "|PA| businesses have a 6-digit long :guilabel:`Destination Code`, also called :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)`, that is **mandatory**, **PEC** address cannot be used in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:600 +msgid "`Complete list of businesses that belong to the Public Administration along with their Destination Code `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:606 -msgid "When such an invoice is transmitted to the Tax Agency, the generated `.xml` file is signed on the Odoo servers, returned to the database, and attached to the invoice automatically." +msgid "CIG, CUP, DatiOrdineAcquisto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:610 -msgid "Acceptance or Refusal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:608 +msgid "To ensure the effective traceability of payments by public administrations, electronic invoices issued to public administrations must contain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:612 -msgid "After receiving the invoice through the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`, the :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business has 15 days to accept the invoice. If it does, then the process ends here. If the :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business refuses the invoice, it is still considered valid once it is accepted by the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. You then have to issue a credit note to compensate and send it to the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:611 +msgid "The :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)`, except in cases of exclusion from traceability obligations provided by law n. 136 of August 13, 2010." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:619 -msgid "Expired Terms" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:613 +msgid "The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`, in case of invoices related to public works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:621 -msgid "If the :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business doesn't reply within 15 days, you need to contact the :abbr:`PA (Public Administration)` business directly, sending them both the invoice and the received deadline notification by email. You can make an arrangement with them and manually set the correct :guilabel:`SdI State` on your invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:615 +msgid "If the XML file requires it, the |AdE| can *only* proceed payments of electronic invoices when the XML file contains a :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` and :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:627 -msgid "Point of Sale fiscal printers" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:620 +msgid "The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)` and the :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` must be included in one of the `DatiOrdineAcquisto`, `DatiContratto`, `DatiConvenzione`, `DateRicezione`, or `DatiFattureCollegate` XML tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:630 -msgid "Fiscal printers are distinct from :doc:`ePOS printers `. The IP address for a fiscal printer should not be entered in the ePOS IP address settings." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:624 +msgid "These correspond to the elements named :guilabel:`CodiceCUP` and :guilabel:`CodiceCIG` of the electronic invoice XML file, whose table can be found on the government `website `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:634 -msgid "Fiscal regulations mandate using certified RT devices, such as RT printers or RT servers, to ensure compliant sales receipts and secure communication with the Tax Authority. These devices automatically transmit fiscal data daily. RT printers, designed for individual POS terminals, handle transactions, print receipts, and report to the authorities, ensuring data integrity and compliance." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:631 +msgid "Split payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:640 -msgid "Simulation mode" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:633 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Split Payment` mechanism behaves much like :ref:`localizations/italy/reverse-charge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:643 -msgid "Since the simulation mode sends data to the authorities, it should only be enabled at the very start of the printer's configuration process. Once the printer is switched to the production mode, it cannot be reverted to the simulation mode." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:636 +msgid "When an Italian company bills a |PA| business - for example, cleaning services for a public building - the |PA| business self-reports the VAT to the Tax Agency themselves, and the vendor just has to select the appropriate tax with the right :guilabel:`Tax Exemption` for their invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:647 -msgid "To test the fiscal printer setup with Odoo, configure the fiscal printer in the simulation mode as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:650 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:679 -msgid "Make sure the fiscal printer is set to its default state: printer on, start-up cycle complete, and no transaction in progress." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:641 +msgid "The specific :guilabel:`Scissione dei Pagamenti` fiscal position is available to deal with partners belonging to the |PA|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:652 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:681 -msgid "Type `3333`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:653 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:682 -msgid "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Scelta Funzione`." +msgid "Qualified electronic signature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:654 -msgid "Type `14`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Apprendimento`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:655 -msgid "Type `62`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Simulazione`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:656 -msgid "To turn the :guilabel:`no` into a :guilabel:`si`, press :guilabel:`X`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:657 -msgid "To confirm, press :guilabel:`Contante`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:658 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:687 -msgid "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`." +msgid "Invoices and bills intended for the |PA| must include a **qualified electronic signature** when submitted through the |SdI|. This signature is automatically applied in the :abbr:`XAdES (XML Advanced Electronic Signature)` format when the invoice's partner has a 6-digit long :guilabel:`Destination Code` (which indicates a |PA| business)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:660 -msgid "To configure the printer for production, repeat the steps above." +msgid "When such an invoice is transmitted to the Tax Agency, the generated `.xml` file is signed on the Odoo servers, returned to the database, and attached to the invoice automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:663 -msgid "To test the printer configuration, the physical device must first be obtained and registered with the relevant authorities." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:666 +msgid "Acceptance or refusal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:667 -msgid "Setting up the printer to work with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:668 +msgid "After receiving the invoice through the |SdI|, the |PA| business has 15 days to accept the invoice. If it does, then the process ends here. If the |PA| business refuses the invoice, it is still considered valid once it is accepted by the |SdI|. You then have to issue a credit note to compensate and send it to the |SdI|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:669 -msgid "Fiscal printers are meant to work only in the local network. This means the printer and the device running :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` must be connected to the same network." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:676 +msgid "Expired terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:673 -msgid "Fiscal printers are typically configured to use HTTP by default. To ensure compatibility with Odoo, the settings must be updated to enable HTTPS support on the printer. This can be done using either the EpsonFPWizard configuration software or the keyboard connected to the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:677 -msgid "To set up the fiscal printer using the keyboard, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:683 -msgid "Type `34`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Web Server`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:684 -msgid "Press :guilabel:`Contante` 3 times until the screen displays :guilabel:`Web Server: SSL`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:678 +msgid "If the |PA| business doesn't reply within 15 days, you need to contact the |PA| business directly, sending them both the invoice and the received deadline notification by email. You can make an arrangement with them and manually set the correct :guilabel:`SdI State` on your invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:685 -msgid "To turn the value `0` into a `1`, press :guilabel:`X`." +msgid "Point of sale fiscal printers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:686 -msgid "To confirm, press :guilabel:`Contante` 3 times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:689 -msgid "Then, log in to the printer with the device that runs :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` so it recognizes the printer's certificate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:688 +msgid "Fiscal printers are distinct from :doc:`ePOS printers `. The IP address for a fiscal printer should not be entered in the ePOS IP address settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:692 -msgid "To approve and install the printer's certificate, follow these steps:" +msgid "Fiscal regulations mandate using certified RT devices, such as RT printers or RT servers, to ensure compliant sales receipts and secure communication with the Tax Authority. These devices automatically transmit fiscal data daily. RT printers, designed for individual POS terminals, handle transactions, print receipts, and report to the authorities, ensuring data integrity and compliance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:694 -msgid "Access the printer by opening a web browser and entering `https://` in the address bar. A :guilabel:`Warning: Potential Security Risk Ahead` security message appears." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:700 +msgid "Simulation mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:696 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Advanced` to show the certificate approval options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:697 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Proceed` to validate the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:699 -msgid "Then, to ensure :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` is configured with the fiscal printer, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section, add the IP address in the :guilabel:`Italian Fiscal Printer IP address` and enable :guilabel:`Use HTTPS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:705 -msgid "Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:703 +msgid "Since the simulation mode sends data to the authorities, it should only be enabled at the very start of the printer's configuration process. Once the printer is switched to the production mode, it cannot be reverted to the simulation mode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:707 -msgid ":abbr:`Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)` is a payment method widely used in Italy where vendors request payments through their bank, which forwards the request to the customer's own bank and takes responsibility for the collection. This enables payment automation and reduces risks for the vendor." +msgid "To test the fiscal printer setup with Odoo, configure the fiscal printer in the simulation mode as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:711 -msgid "The vendor generally uploads a fixed-format text file with the list of payments to the bank's web portal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:741 +msgid "Make sure the fiscal printer is set to its default state: printer on, start-up cycle complete, and no transaction in progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:743 +msgid "Type `3333`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:744 +msgid "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Scelta Funzione`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:714 +msgid "Type `14`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Apprendimento`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:715 -msgid "Ri.Ba. are exclusively for **domestic payments** in Italy. For recurring international payments, please use `SEPA Direct Debt (SDD) <../accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`_" +msgid "Type `62`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Simulazione`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:716 +msgid "To turn the :guilabel:`no` into a :guilabel:`si`, press :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:717 +msgid "To confirm, press :guilabel:`Contante`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:749 +msgid "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:720 +msgid "To configure the printer for production, repeat the steps above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:723 +msgid "To test the printer configuration, the physical device must first be obtained and registered with the relevant authorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:729 +msgid "Setting up the printer to work with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:731 +msgid "Fiscal printers are meant to work only in the local network. This means the printer and the device running :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` must be connected to the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:735 +msgid "Fiscal printers are typically configured to use HTTP by default. To ensure compatibility with Odoo, the settings must be updated to enable HTTPS support on the printer. This can be done using either the EpsonFPWizard configuration software or the keyboard connected to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:739 +msgid "To set up the fiscal printer using the keyboard, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:745 +msgid "Type `34`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Web Server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:746 +msgid "Press :guilabel:`Contante` 3 times until the screen displays :guilabel:`Web Server: SSL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:747 +msgid "To turn the value `0` into a `1`, press :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:748 +msgid "To confirm, press :guilabel:`Contante` 3 times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:751 +msgid "Then, log in to the printer with the device that runs :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` so it recognizes the printer's certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:754 +msgid "To approve and install the printer's certificate, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:756 +msgid "Access the printer by opening a web browser and entering `https://` in the address bar. A :guilabel:`Warning: Potential Security Risk Ahead` security message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:758 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Advanced` to show the certificate approval options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:759 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Proceed` to validate the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:761 +msgid "Then, to ensure :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` is configured with the fiscal printer, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section, add the IP address in the :guilabel:`Italian Fiscal Printer IP address` and enable :guilabel:`Use HTTPS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:769 +msgid "Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:771 +msgid "|Ri.Ba.| is a payment method widely used in Italy where vendors request payments through their bank, which forwards the request to the customer's own bank and takes responsibility for the collection. This enables payment automation and reduces risks for the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:775 +msgid "The vendor generally uploads a fixed-format text file with the list of payments to the bank's web portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:779 +msgid "|Ri.Ba.| are exclusively for **domestic payments** in Italy. For recurring international payments, please use `SEPA Direct Debt (SDD) <../accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:787 msgid "Check that the `l10n_it_riba` module is :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:722 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and select the company that will use Ri.Ba." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:788 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and select the company that will use |Ri.Ba.|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:790 msgid "Fill out the required :guilabel:`SIA Code`." msgstr "" @@ -31235,44 +31256,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The company's SIA code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:730 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:796 msgid "The :guilabel:`SIA Code` identifies businesses within the Italian banking network and is used to receive money through specific payment methods. It consists of one letter and four digits (e.g., T1234) and can usually be found on the bank's portal or obtained by contacting the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:801 msgid "Ensure the Company's bank account has an Italian IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:804 msgid "How to configure :doc:`Bank Accounts <../accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:809 msgid "Accept Ri.Ba. for your invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:742 -msgid "Payments of type :abbr:`Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)` can be registered from the :guilabel:`Invoices` (:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:811 +msgid "Payments of type |Ri.Ba.| can be registered from the :guilabel:`Invoices` (:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:815 msgid "Make sure that your invoice involves a Partner that has a bank account with an Italian IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:817 msgid "Then, all Payments must be grouped in a **Batch Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:820 msgid ":doc:`Batch Payments <../accounting/payments>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:821 msgid ":doc:`Create a Batch Payment <../accounting/payments/batch>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:754 -msgid "Once you press the :guilabel:`Validate` button for the Batch Payment, the :abbr:`Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)` file is generated and attached to the Batch Payment, so you can download it and upload it through your bank's web portal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:823 +msgid "Once you press the :guilabel:`Validate` button for the Batch Payment, the |Ri.Ba.| file is generated and attached to the Batch Payment, so you can download it and upload it through your bank's web portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None @@ -31311,13 +31332,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integration module for JoFotara to support Jordanian e-invoicing requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/turkiye.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:30 -msgid "In some cases, such as when upgrading to a version with additional modules, it is possible that modules may not be installed automatically. Any missing modules can be manually :ref:`installed `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:33 msgid ":doc:`Jordan Payroll localization documentation <../../hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan>`" msgstr "" @@ -32155,6 +32169,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`l10n_lu_reports`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:23 +msgid "Country-specific reports" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Luxembourg <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/luxembourg>`" msgstr "" @@ -32677,68 +32695,148 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This module includes the features required for integration with MyInvois under IRBM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:45 -msgid "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app, search for your company, and select it. Then configure the following fields:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Malaysia - E-invoicing (POS)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:40 +msgid "`l10n_my_edi_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:41 +msgid "This module includes the features required to send invoices and consolidated invoices to the MyInvois system when using the POS app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:49 +msgid "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app, search for your company, and select it. Then configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`, including the :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip Code`, and :guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: Tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`SST`: Malaysian Sales and Service Tax Number, if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`TTx`: Malaysian Tourism Tax Number, if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:62 -msgid "E-invoicing integration with MyInvois" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:68 +msgid "Sales and Service Tax (SST)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:64 -msgid "The MyInvois portal is a platform provided by the :abbr:`IRBM (Inland Revenue Board of Malaysia)` that facilitates the implementation of e-invoices for Malaysian taxpayers. Odoo supports integration with MyInvois to submit the invoices generated in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:69 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Malaysia - E-invoicing module` (`l10n_my_edi`) must be installed to submit invoices to MyInvois." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:71 -msgid "Each company in the database requires an individual connection to the MyInvois portal using its own :abbr:`TIN (tax identification number)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:76 -msgid "Set-up" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:70 +msgid "The **Sales and Service Tax (SST)** is a single-stage tax regime in Malaysia. Default taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Malaysia - Accounting` (`l10n_my`) and :guilabel:`Malaysia - Accounting Reports` (`l10n_my_reports`) modules are :ref:`installed `. These :ref:`taxes ` are used to generate the :ref:`tax report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:81 -msgid "MyInvois registration" +msgid "The following categories of :doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxes>` are installed and linked to the relevant account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:83 -msgid "To send electronic invoices to MyInvois, you first need to register and log in to the MyInvois portal to grant Odoo the **right to invoice** as an intermediary for your company." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase Goods`: 5% and 10%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase Services`: 6% and 8%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Exempt`: Sales exempted from tax (e.g., export or specific schedules)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Not Applicable`: 0% NA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:90 +msgid "**Sales and Purchase Services** taxes can be configured for :doc:`Cash Basis <../../finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:92 +msgid "**0% NA** is applied to transactions where tax is not applicable (out of scope), distinct from legally exempted transactions, but for which an e-invoice is still required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:100 +msgid "The :ref:`SST-02 report (Section B1) ` uses the Malaysian Tariff or Service Code to group transactions. Ensure to configure products correctly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:103 +msgid "For :guilabel:`Goods`: In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter the relevant :abbr:`HS (Harmonized System)` code in the :guilabel:`Malaysian Customs Tariff Code` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:105 +msgid "For :guilabel:`Services`: In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter the code corresponding to the service type in the :guilabel:`Malaysian Service Type Code` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:113 +msgid "The following tax reports are available under Malaysia localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:115 +msgid "SST-02 (B1);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:116 +msgid "SST-02 (B2, C, D, E);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:117 +msgid "SST-02A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:119 +msgid "To access them, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:122 +msgid "E-invoicing integration with MyInvois" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:124 +msgid "The MyInvois portal is a platform provided by the :abbr:`IRBM (Inland Revenue Board of Malaysia)` that facilitates the implementation of e-invoices for Malaysian taxpayers. Odoo supports integration with MyInvois to submit the invoices generated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:129 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Malaysia - E-invoicing module` (`l10n_my_edi`) must be installed to submit invoices to MyInvois." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:131 +msgid "Each company in the database requires an individual connection to the MyInvois portal using its own :abbr:`TIN (tax identification number)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:136 +msgid "Set-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:141 +msgid "MyInvois registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:143 +msgid "To send electronic invoices to MyInvois, you first need to register and log in to the MyInvois portal to grant Odoo the **right to invoice** as an intermediary for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:147 msgid "If this is the first time you log into the MyInvois portal, click :guilabel:`User Manual` on MyTax_ to learn more about the registration process. Both the **pre-production** (:dfn:`testing environment to try the functions before using the actual (production) environment`) and **production** (:dfn:`actual environment to submit e-invoices with accurate information`) environments are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:153 msgid "Log into MyTax_. Choose the :guilabel:`ID Type` and the corresponding :guilabel:`identification number` used to register for the digital certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:155 msgid "From the dashboard, click the :icon:`fa-angle-down` :guilabel:`(angle-down)` icon in the top-right corner and select :guilabel:`View Taxpayer Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:157 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Representatives` section, click :guilabel:`Add Intermediary` in the top-right corner." msgstr "" @@ -32746,59 +32844,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "MyInvois add intermediary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:163 msgid "Add `ODOO S.A.` as an intermediary using the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:165 msgid ":guilabel:`TIN`: `C57800417080`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`BRN`: `BE0477472701`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:169 msgid ":guilabel:`Production`: `ODOO S.A.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:170 msgid ":guilabel:`Pre-production`: `OXXX_XXXXA.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:172 msgid "Grant the following permissions by clicking the :icon:`fa-toggle-on` :guilabel:`(toggle-on)` icon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:175 msgid ":guilabel:`Representation From`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:176 msgid ":guilabel:`Document - Submit`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Document - Cancel`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Document - Request Rejection`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:181 msgid "Access can be revoked in the future if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:182 msgid "Odoo, as an intermediary, does not store invoices sent on behalf of the client on the proxy server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:185 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`. The status for `ODOO S.A.` is then :guilabel:`Active`." msgstr "" @@ -32806,77 +32904,77 @@ msgstr "" msgid "MyInvois status active" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:200 msgid "Open the Settings app, navigate to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click :guilabel:`Update Info`. Make sure the :guilabel:`Tax ID` is entered and complete the following fields in the :guilabel:`E-invoicing` section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification`: Select the :guilabel:`ID Type` and enter the associated :guilabel:`Identification number` used to register for the digital certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Ind. Classification`: Input the 5-digit numeric code that represents the nature and activity of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:362 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:425 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:212 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Malaysian Electronic Invoicing` section, select the relevant :guilabel:`MyInvois mode` based on the environment used for the company's MyInvois registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:216 msgid "Make sure to allow Odoo to process e-invoices by checking the box, then click :guilabel:`Register`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:219 msgid "To change the :abbr:`TIN (tax identification number)` reference, click :guilabel:`Unregister`, change the company's information and make sure the number registered on MyInvois matches, then :guilabel:`Register` again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:224 msgid "For taxpayers with a :abbr:`TIN (tax identification number)` starting with \"IG\" and a :abbr:`ROB (registration of business)` number, combine the TIN and ROB in the **TIN:ROB** format for the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:228 msgid "To register, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Malaysian Electronic Invoicing` section, click :guilabel:`Register`. Once the registration is complete, the **:ROB** can be removed from the :guilabel:`Tax ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:232 msgid "Additionally, remember to log into `MyTax account `_ and set the :guilabel:`Type of Role` as :guilabel:`Business Owner`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:240 msgid "Access the contact's form and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:245 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification`: the :guilabel:`ID Type` and the corresponding :guilabel:`Identification number` of the contact registered on MyTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:250 msgid "For specific use cases—such as transactions with buyers without a :abbr:`TIN (tax identification number)` or foreign customers—refer to the list of general TINs provided in the **Appendix** of the `e-Invoice Specific Guideline `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:260 msgid "All products to be included in e-invoices require a Malaysian classification code. To add it, access the :guilabel:`Product` form and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Malaysian classification code` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:265 msgid "Malaysian tax type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:267 msgid "To configure a tax's :guilabel:`Malaysian Tax Type` field, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes` and open the relevant tax in the :guilabel:`Taxes` list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:271 msgid "When an invoice or bill includes a tax with the :guilabel:`Malaysian Tax Type` set to **Tax Exempt**, a :guilabel:`Tax Exemption Reason` must be specified in the :guilabel:`MyInvois` tab before the document is sent." msgstr "" @@ -32884,131 +32982,204 @@ msgstr "" msgid "MyInvois tax exemption reason" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:286 msgid "Send invoices to MyInvois" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:288 msgid "Invoices can be sent to MyInvois once they have been confirmed. To do so, click :guilabel:`Send to MyInvois`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:292 msgid "For invoices in foreign currencies, the exchange rate applied to the invoice is sent to :guilabel:`MyInvois`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:296 msgid "Send bills to MyInvois" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:298 msgid "Sending a bill to MyInvois is necessary when issuing an e-Invoice on behalf of a supplier. Once a bill is confirmed, click :guilabel:`Send To MyInvois`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:302 msgid "In `MyInvois `_, these vendor bills are categorized as :guilabel:`Self-billed Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:305 msgid "If a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` field is empty, Odoo's vendor bill number is used as the MyInvois number. If a reference is entered in the :guilabel:`Bill Reference` field, that reference is used instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:312 msgid "MyInvois status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:314 msgid "The current MyInvois status of an invoice or bill is shown in the :guilabel:`MyInvois State` field within the :guilabel:`MyInvois` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:317 msgid ":guilabel:`Validation in Progress`: the validation is being processed by MyInvois. A blue :guilabel:`Processing` banner is also displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:319 msgid ":guilabel:`Valid`: it is validated by MyInvois. The :guilabel:`Submission UID`, :guilabel:`MyInvois` and :guilabel:`Validation Time` are automatically updated with information from MyInvois." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:324 msgid "Odoo :doc:`automatically checks and updates <../../sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions>` the status every hour. To update it manually at any time, click :guilabel:`Update MyInvois Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:332 msgid "Sent invoices can be canceled within 72 hours from :guilabel:`Validation time`. In this case, open the invoice and click :guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In the :guilabel:`Cancel document` window, include the cancellation :guilabel:`Reason`, then click :guilabel:`Update Invoice`. The :guilabel:`MyInvois State` is updated to :guilabel:`cancelled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:338 msgid "Send credit notes to MyInvois" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:340 msgid "Before sending a credit note, the original invoice must be successfully submitted to MyInvois. Otherwise, the credit note's :guilabel:`MyInvois State` is updated to :guilabel:`Invalid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:343 msgid "While Odoo uses a single :guilabel:`credit note` document, MyInvois categorizes these into two types: :guilabel:`credit note` and :guilabel:`refund note`, depending on how they are reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`MyInvois Credit Note`: This is created when an Odoo credit note is reconciled with the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:348 msgid ":guilabel:`MyInvois Refund Note`: This is created when an Odoo credit note is reconciled with a full payment instead of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:352 msgid "If a credit note is reconciled with only a partial payment before being sent, it is still categorized as a :guilabel:`credit note` in MyInvois." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:358 msgid "To issue both a credit note and a refund note for the same original invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:357 msgid "Create two separate credit notes in Odoo from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:358 msgid "For a MyInvois :guilabel:`Refund Note`: Register a payment before sending it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:359 msgid "For a MyInvois :guilabel:`Credit Note`: Do not register a payment before sending it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:362 msgid "The same logic applies to credit notes created from bills: if reconciled with a full payment, the credit note becomes a :guilabel:`Self-billed Refund Note`; otherwise, it becomes a :guilabel:`Self-billed Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:367 msgid "Send debit notes to MyInvois" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:369 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note from an existing bill or invoice ` and click :guilabel:`Send To MyInvois`. In MyInvois, it appears then as a :guilabel:`Debit Note` if issued from an invoice or a :guilabel:`Self-billed Debit Note` from a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:376 +msgid "POS workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:378 +msgid "Two workflows are available to issue e-invoices in :doc:`Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:380 +msgid ":ref:`Individual e-invoice `: Issue an e-invoice immediately for a specific order using the customer's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:382 +msgid ":ref:`Consolidated e-invoice `: Create orders as usual, then aggregate them periodically into a single consolidated e-invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:388 +msgid "Individual e-invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:390 +msgid "To issue an individual e-invoice and send it to MyInvois, :doc:`create an invoice `, and ensure the selected customer has a valid :abbr:`TIN (tax identification number)` or **Identification Number**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:395 +msgid "If the QR code does not appear on the invoice, the MyInvois validation is still in progress. Odoo automatically retrieves the status in the background. Simply reopen the invoice later to retrieve the validated version with the QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:402 +msgid "Consolidated e-invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:404 +msgid "Orders that are not e-invoiced individually can be aggregated into a consolidated e-invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:406 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Consolidated Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:407 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Consolidate Orders` and set the :guilabel:`Date From` and :guilabel:`Date To`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:408 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit to MyInvois`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:410 +msgid "Odoo automatically fetches all eligible POS orders within that timeframe that have not been individually :ref:`invoiced ` nor :ref:`refunded `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:415 +msgid "Orders belonging to an :ref:`open POS register ` are not included in the consolidation. :ref:`Close the register ` to include them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:418 +msgid "To submit the consolidation, click :guilabel:`Submit to MyInvois` on the form view. For multiple records, click :guilabel:`Consolidated Invoices` to go back to the list view, and select the relevant consolidated invoices. Then, click :guilabel:`Submit to MyInvois`. Consolidated e-invoices are issued to the pre-configured :guilabel:`General Public` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:389 +msgid "Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:428 +msgid "To refund a customer, :ref:`process a return `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:430 +msgid "Refunds for orders e-invoiced individually or via consolidation must be issued as e-invoices (Refund Notes). To do so, click :guilabel:`Invoice` before processing the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:434 msgid "Access invoices via QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:436 msgid "When a document is successfully submitted to MyInvois, a QR code is added to its PDF version. Scanning this code links directly to the validated document in MyInvois." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:439 msgid "To download the PDF from an invoice or bill:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:441 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:442 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Download`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:443 msgid "Choose either :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PDF without Payment`" msgstr "" @@ -33016,19 +33187,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "MyInvois QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:451 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:248 msgid "Employment Hero payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:453 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:250 msgid "If your business is already up and running with :doc:`Employment Hero <../../hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/employment_hero>`, you can use our connector as an alternative payroll solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:458 msgid "To :ref:`configure the Employment Hero API ` for **Malaysia**, use the following value as :guilabel:`Payroll URL`: `https://apimy.yourpayroll.io/`." msgstr "" @@ -34560,7 +34731,7 @@ msgid "Finally, confirm the invoice with the same process as a regular invoice, msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1385 -msgid "The :doc:`Point of sale <../../sales/point_of_sale>` adaptation of the Mexican Localization enables the creation of invoices that comply with the |SAT| requirements directly in the **POS session**, with the added benefit of creating receipt tickets that allow *self-invoicing* in a special portal and creating global invoices." +msgid "The :doc:`Point of sale <../../sales/point_of_sale>` adaptation of the Mexican Localization enables the creation of invoices that comply with the |SAT| requirements directly from the **POS register**, with the added benefit of creating receipt tickets that allow *self-invoicing* in a special portal and creating global invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1393 @@ -34592,7 +34763,7 @@ msgid "Invoice Configuration for Point of Sale." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1422 -msgid "To sign a credit note automatically, tick the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` checkbox when processing a :ref:`refund `." +msgid "To sign a credit note automatically, tick the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` checkbox when processing a :ref:`refund `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 @@ -34644,11 +34815,11 @@ msgid "On the journal entries of the session, the previously selected **Re-invoi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1460 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices`" +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1467 -msgid "As with regular sales orders, global invoices can also be created from a POS session." +msgid "As with regular sales orders, global invoices can also be created from the POS register." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 @@ -34664,7 +34835,7 @@ msgid "This attaches an XML file to each of the selected orders. The XML files c msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1478 -msgid "If eventually any of the orders that are part of the global invoice need to be addressed to a customer, it is still possible to send an invoice by entering a new POS session, clicking the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`(drop-down menu)`, then click :guilabel:`Orders`. Change the :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`, select the order, and click the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` button." +msgid "If eventually any of the orders that are part of the global invoice need to be addressed to a customer, it is still possible to send an invoice by opening the POS register, clicking the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`(drop-down menu)`, then click :guilabel:`Orders`. Change the :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`, select the order, and click the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 @@ -35714,7 +35885,7 @@ msgid "`l10n_pe_pos`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:71 -msgid "Enables contact fiscal information to be editable from a PoS Session to generate electronic invoices and refunds." +msgid "Enables contact fiscal information to be editable from the POS register to generate electronic invoices and refunds." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:77 @@ -36049,6 +36220,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:328 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:330 msgid "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the SUNAT." msgstr "" @@ -36837,7 +37012,7 @@ msgid ":ref:`Automatic invoice `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:928 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/products`: Set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and define the desired :guilabel:`Customer taxes`." +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/configuration/products`: Set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and define the desired :guilabel:`Customer taxes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:930 @@ -37843,7 +38018,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:299 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:332 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:366 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:597 msgid "Under the ZATCA tab, click :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Onboard`." msgstr "" @@ -37907,7 +38082,7 @@ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and, in msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:367 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:598 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Enter the OTP` window, enter the 6-digit :guilabel:`OTP` retrieved from the Fatoora Portal under the Production Environment. Then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" @@ -38195,22 +38370,22 @@ msgid "PoS orders must be properly reported in compliance with ZATCA Phase 2. To msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:590 -msgid "Onboard the :guilabel:`Invoices` default journal in the :ref:`PoS settings `:" +msgid "Onboard the :guilabel:`Invoices` default journal in the :ref:`PoS settings `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:592 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the yellow banner, select the relevant :guilabel:`Point of Sale`, then navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:595 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Default Journals` section, find the :guilabel:`Invoices` field and click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` to open the default :guilabel:`Sales` journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:602 -msgid ":ref:`Assign a customer ` to the order before finalizing the transaction." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:601 +msgid ":ref:`Assign a customer ` to the order before finalizing the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:603 msgid "These steps ensure that each receipt is processed as a compliant e-invoice and reported to the ZATCA portal in real time. Once the receipt is generated, the Phase 2 QR code automatically appears on both the printed receipt and the PDF." msgstr "" @@ -38480,7 +38655,7 @@ msgid "Point of sale orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:174 -msgid "Once an order has been :ref:`paid `, a JSON file containing the order details is generated. This file is stored as a Veri*Factu document." +msgid "Once an order has been :ref:`paid `, a JSON file containing the order details is generated. This file is stored as a Veri*Factu document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:177 @@ -43076,10 +43251,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen` and :doc:`payment_providers/stripe` allow to capture payments manually directly from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:389 -msgid "Refunds" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a customer payment, navigate to it and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 8c47e7f7fc..a83e08ef3e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-06 18:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -5799,7 +5799,7 @@ msgid "Wait a few minutes for the IoT system to detect the printer and sync to O msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:243 -msgid ":ref:`Access the POS settings ` and select your POS, or click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section, enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`, and select the printer in the :guilabel:`Receipt Printer` field. Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid ":ref:`Access the POS settings ` and select your POS, or click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section, enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`, and select the printer in the :guilabel:`Receipt Printer` field. Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:249 @@ -8511,11 +8511,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grant access to multiple users at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/user_portals/portal_access.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/user_portals/portal_access.rst:52 msgid "Revoking portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/user_portals/portal_access.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/user_portals/portal_access.rst:54 msgid "Some situations may require revoking an individual's portal access, such as when they retire or leave a company. Portal access can be revoked from a contact at any time by navigating to a contact, clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then clicking :guilabel:`Revoke Access`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index 16191018ea..93c5c95d25 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-06 18:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1465,10 +1465,14 @@ msgid ":doc:`attendances/attendance_logs`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgid ":doc:`attendances/overtime`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`attendances/attendance_reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -1762,7 +1766,7 @@ msgid "To delete an entry, click the red :guilabel:`Delete` button on the pop-up msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/attendance_onboarding.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/onboarding.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "Onboarding" @@ -2122,7 +2126,7 @@ msgid "It is recommended to place kiosks on a secure stand, or mount them secure msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/badges.rst:3 msgid "Badges" msgstr "" @@ -2599,8 +2603,209 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An Attendances app record form, filled out for Mike Smith for January 27, 2026." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:3 +msgid "Overtime rulesets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo's **Attendances** app allows for the configuration of overtime rules to determine if and when employees earn overtime, and at what rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:9 +msgid "No overtime rulesets come preconfigured in the **Attendances** app; all overtime rulesets must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:13 +msgid "Create an overtime ruleset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:15 +msgid "To create an overtime ruleset, navigate to :menuselection:`Attendances app --> Configuration --> Overtime Rulesets`. Any existing overtime rulesets appear in a default list view, and display the ruleset :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Rate Mode`, and the :guilabel:`Rules Count` (the number of rules configured for the ruleset)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:20 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank :guilabel:`Rulesets` form loads. Enter the following information on the top half of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ruleset Name`: Enter a name for the ruleset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rate Combination Mode`: Using the drop-down menu, select how the overtime rate is calculated. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Rate`: The highest rate is used to determine the overtime pay. For example, if there are two available rates of 150% and 125%, the highest available rate, 150%, is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sum of all rates`: A combination of all applicable overtime rates is used to calculate the overtime pay. Odoo calculates the rate by adding the *extra* pay rates (above 100%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:34 +msgid "Two overtime rates are cteated, one for 150% and the other for 120%. The :guilabel:`Sum of all rates` option is selected. The overtime rate applied is 170%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:37 +msgid "The calculation used to determine this rate is: 100% (baseline) + (150-100)% + (120-100)% = 170%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a brief description for the ruleset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: Using the drop-down menu, select the country the ruleset applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:44 +msgid "Overtime rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:46 +msgid "Once the main information of the ruleset is created, the next step is to add the individual rules. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the *Overtime Rules* tab of the :guilabel:`Ruleset` form, and a *Create Rule* pop-up window loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:50 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Rule Name` in the corresponding field. Next, enter the following information in the *Definition* tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:54 +msgid "Condition section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:56 +msgid "This section determines what logged time counts as overtime. Rules can be based on :ref:`quantity ` or :ref:`timing `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:62 +msgid "Based on quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:64 +msgid "If overtime is accrued when the total logged hours for a day or week exceed what is expected, select the :guilabel:`Quantity` radio button for the :guilabel:`The rule is based on` field. Configure the rest of the fields in the *Condition* section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`If the worked hours on a (Day/Week) differs`: First, select if the total expected time is calculated by the :guilabel:`Day` or :guilabel:`Week`, using the drop-down menu. Next, select if the difference is compared:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`from the amount defined on the contract`: Select this option if the overtime is based on the working hours :ref:`defined on the employees contract `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`from a specific duration`: Select this option if the overtime is based on a specified amount of time. If this is selected, a :guilabel:`Duration to exceed` field appears. Enter the number of :guilabel:`hours` in an `HH:MM` format the employee must exceed each :guilabel:`Day` or :guilabel:`Week`, depending on what is selected in the :guilabel:`If the worked hours on a (Day/Week) differs` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`With a tolerance in favor of the employer of`: This field defines a buffer of time that is *not* considered overtime. Enter the amount in a `HH:MM` format. For example, if this field is set to `00:15`, and an employee logs an 8 hour and 13 minute workday, the extra 13 minutes is **not** counted as overtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`With a tolerance in favor of the employee of`: Enter the amount of extra time given to an employee as overtime, in a `HH:MM` format. For example, if this field is set to `00:15`, and an employee logs an 8 hour and 48 minute workday, the missing 12 minutes **are** counted as overtime, for a total of one full hour of overtime (instead of only 48 minutes of overtime)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:92 +msgid "Based on timing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:94 +msgid "If overtime is accrued only on specific days or at specific times, select the :guilabel:`Timing` radio button for the :guilabel:`The rule is based on` field. Configure the rest of the fields in the *Condition* section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`With a tolerance in favor of the employer of`: This field defines a buffer of time that is *not* considered overtime. Enter the amount in a `HH:MM` format. For example, if this field is set to `00:15`, and an employee logs a 40 hour and 13 minute workweek, the extra 13 minutes is **not** counted as overtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`With a tolerance in favor of the employee of`: Enter the amount of extra time given to an employee as overtime, in a `HH:MM` format. For example, if this field is set to `00:15`, and an employee logs a 40 hour and 48 minute workweek, the missing 12 minutes **is** counted as overtime, for a total of one full hour of overtime (instead of only 48 minutes of overtime)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`If the employee works`: Click the radio button to select the period of time defined for accruing overtime. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`On any working day`: Select this option if overtime is accrued if an employee works outside of a specified set of hours for any working day. When selected, a :guilabel:`Between` field appears, listing `00:00` and `24:00` hours, by default. Adjust the working times in an `HH:MM` for both fields, defining the specific working hours an employee earns overtime for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:115 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Between` hours are set to `09:00` and `17:00`. An employee works from 7:00 AM until 4:00 PM. The employee earns 2 hours of overtime, for the hours between 7:00 AM and 9:00 AM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`On any non-working day`: Select this option if overtime is accrued if an employee works outside of a specified set of hours for any non-working day. When selected, a :guilabel:`Between` field appears, listing `00:00` and `24:00` hours, by default. Adjust the working times in an `HH:MM` for both fields, defining the specific working hours an employee earns overtime for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`When employee is off`: Select this option if overtime is accrued on any day the employee is *not* scheduled to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Outside of a specific schedule`: Select this option if overtime is accrued when employees work outside of a selected :doc:`working schedule <../payroll/working_schedules>`. When selected, a :guilabel:`Schedule` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, select the working schedule used to determine overtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:132 +msgid "Action section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:134 +msgid "Once the criteria set in the *Condition* section are met, the *Action* section determines how any approved extra time is handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pay extra hours`: Enable this checkbox if overtime hours are paid out. If enabled, a percentage field appears to the right of the checkmark, populated with the rate defined on the overtime :ref:`work entry type `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Work entry type to use`: This field only appears if the :guilabel:`Pay extra hours` field is enabled. Using the drop-down menu, select what :ref:`work entry type ` is created for the overtime. By default, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:144 +msgid ":guilabel:`Give back as time off`: Enable this checkbox if the overtime should be converted to time off, instead of being paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:148 +msgid "Example overtime ruleset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:150 +msgid "A United States-based company wants to grant time and a half overtime to all employees who work more than their 40-hour work week, or work on any non-working day. To configure this, they create a ruleset called `Overtime`, with a :guilabel:`Rate Combination Mode` set to :guilabel:`Maximum Rate`. The country is set to :guilabel:`United States`, and a :guilabel:`Description` is entered explaining the overtime rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:None +msgid "The top half of the overtime ruleset for the example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:159 +msgid "Two rules are configured in the *Overtime Rules* tab: :ref:`Employee Schedule Rule ` and :ref:`Non Working Days Rule `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:165 +msgid "Employee schedule rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:167 +msgid "The *Employee Schedule Rule* is based on :guilabel:`Quantity`, and employees accrue overtime if they work more than the :guilabel:`amount defined on the contract` on any given :guilabel:`Day`. No tolerance set for either the employee or the employer. If the employee works overtime, they are paid at a rate of :guilabel:`150%`, and the time is logged as :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` on their attendance log." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:None +msgid "The rule set for an employee who works more than their scheduled work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:179 +msgid "Non-working days rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/overtime.rst:181 +msgid "The *Non-Working Days Rule* is based on :guilabel:`Timing`, and employees accrue overtime if they work :guilabel:`on any non-working day`, regardless of the time. No tolerance is set for either the employee or the employer. If the employee works overtime, they are paid at a rate of :guilabel:`150%`, and the time is logged as :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` on their attendance log." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/india.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:86 @@ -2612,87 +2817,96 @@ msgid "Employees" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 -msgid "Odoo **Employees** centralizes :doc:`personnel files `, employment :doc:`contracts `, and :doc:`departmental hierarchies ` in one system. In addition, each employee record tracks :doc:`certifications ` and training, earned :doc:`badges `, and all assigned :doc:`equipment `. Customizable :doc:`onboarding ` and :doc:`offboarding ` programs ensure all employees are trained and ready for work, and all required steps are taken when they leave." +msgid "Odoo **Employees** centralizes :doc:`personnel files `, employment :doc:`contracts `, and :doc:`departmental hierarchies ` in one system. In addition, each employee record tracks :doc:`certifications ` and :doc:`training `, earned :doc:`badges `, and all assigned :doc:`equipment `. Customizable :doc:`onboarding ` and :doc:`offboarding ` programs ensure all employees are trained and ready for work, and all required steps are taken when they leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:16 msgid "Properly configuring the settings in the **Employees** app ensures the dashboard shows each employee's real-time attendance and work location—data that drives payroll accuracy, capacity planning, and compliance reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:22 msgid "Set up new employee records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:27 msgid "Ensure new employees are properly trained and ready to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 msgid "Departments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:32 msgid "Create and manage the departments employees are a part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:3 +msgid "Learning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:37 +msgid "Create and manage virtual and in-person employee training." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:52 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:42 msgid "Manage and create employee contracts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:3 msgid "Certifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:47 msgid "Certify employees as subject-matter experts with certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:52 msgid "Grant badges to employees for performance and achievements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/equipment.rst:3 msgid "Equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:57 msgid "Manage and track employee equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:3 msgid "Offboarding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:62 msgid "Take care of employee records when collaboration ends." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/retention_report.rst:3 msgid "Employee retention report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:67 msgid "Gain insight into a company's retention rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 @@ -2700,81 +2914,81 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:77 msgid "To view and configure the available settings, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Presence Display`: Select how the employee's availability status is calculated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Based on attendances`: Employees are marked available when :ref:`checked into ` the **Attendances** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Based on user status in system`: Employees are marked available when they :doc:`log in to Odoo `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced Presence Control`: When enabled, presence status can be calculated from operational signals rather than check-ins or logins:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Based on number of emails sent`: An employee is marked present if they send at least # emails per hour; otherwise, they are marked absent. Enter the minimum number of emails that must be sent in the :guilabel:`Sent Emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Based on IP Address`: An employee is marked present only when connected from one of the specified corporate IP addresses. Enter the IP addresses in the :guilabel:`IP Addresses` field, separating each address with a comma." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:100 msgid ":guilabel:`Skills Management`: Enable this option to display the :ref:`resumé tab ` on employee profiles. This allows for the display of :ref:`work experience `, :ref:`skills `, and :doc:`certifications `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:106 msgid "Work organization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:108 msgid "Using the drop-down menu, select the default :guilabel:`Company Working Hours`. The default options are a :guilabel:`Standard 40 hours/week` or an :guilabel:`Appointment Resource Default Calendar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:111 msgid "The available working hours listed are the same as the configured :doc:`working schedules ` in the **Payroll** app. Working hours can be created and modified from both the **Payroll** and **Employees** apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:230 msgid "Contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:118 msgid "Define the number of days in advance that a manager is notified about an upcoming contract or work permit expiration in the respective :guilabel:`Contract Expiration Notice Period` and :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Notice Period` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:123 msgid "Salary configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:125 msgid "Define how long an offer remains valid when extending a job offer or changing a salary. Enter the duration, in days, in the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:141 msgid "This field only appears if the **Salary Configurator** module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:131 msgid "Extra time off allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:133 msgid "During salary package negotiations, enable the checkbox in this section if additional time off requests are allowed. When enabled, select the :ref:`Time Off Type ` created for the additional days using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:137 msgid "The default available options are :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Days`, and :guilabel:`Extra Time Off`. If other time off types are configured in the **Time Off** app, they are available in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -2871,167 +3085,207 @@ msgid "The 'Reward Employee' field populated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:5 -msgid "When jobs require specific knowledge, it is necessary to track employee certifications to ensure the necessary knowledge and certifications are in place." +msgid "When jobs require specific knowledge, training, or certifications, it is necessary to track employees' certifications to ensure they are properly trained and that the necessary documentation is in place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:9 msgid "When jobs require specific knowledge, track employee certifications (e.g., classes, tests, seminars) to verify required skills. Odoo accepts any certification type without restriction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:12 -msgid "To add certifications to an employee profile, and to access the *Employee Certifications* report, the **Surveys** app **must** be installed." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:13 +msgid "To add certifications to an employee profile and to access the *Certifications* report, the **Surveys** app **must** be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:16 -msgid "View certifications" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:17 +msgid "Create certifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:18 -msgid "To view a full list of all employee certifications, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Reporting --> Certifications`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:21 -msgid "All certifications appear in a list view, grouped by employee. Each certification entry displays the following:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:19 +msgid "No certifications are preconfigured in Odoo's **Employees** app; therefore, all certifications must be added to the database. To create a certification, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Skill Types`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner, and a blank *Skill Types* form loads." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee's name, along with their avatar image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:25 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the title of the certification." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/products.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:26 -msgid ":guilabel:`Validity Start`: when the employee received the certification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:27 -msgid ":guilabel:`Validity End`: when the certification expires." +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the type of certification being added. This acts as the *category*, and individual certifications are nested beneath it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:28 -msgid ":guilabel:`Certification`: the corresponding course in the **Surveys** app that was completed by the employee, if applicable." +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Click on the existing color to view the available colors. Click the desired color to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:31 -msgid "The entries are also color-coded. Current certifications that are still valid appear in black, expired certifications appear in red, and certifications that are going to expire within the next 90 days appear in orange." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Certification`: Click the toggle to indicate the skill is a certification. The toggle turns green when it is active." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the specific certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter a :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (`0`-`100`) for each level. Set a :guilabel:`Default Level` by clicking the toggle on the desired line (only one level can be selected)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:39 +msgid "A United States-based company requires its employees to complete various :abbr:`OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration)` training and certify that the training is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:43 +msgid "The company creates a new skill type and enters :guilabel:`OSHA Training` in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:46 +msgid "The various courses are entered in the *Skills* section, including :guilabel:`OSHA 3115 - Fall Protection`, :guilabel:`OSHA 3095 - Electrical Standards`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:49 +msgid "There is only one level in the *Levels* section, :guilabel:`Certified`, which is set to :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:0 +msgid "The skill type form configured for various OSHA training courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:56 +msgid "View certifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:58 +msgid "To view a full list of all employee certifications, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> Certifications`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:61 +msgid "All certifications appear in a list view, grouped by certification *type*. Each certification entry displays the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:141 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: The employee's name, along with their avatar image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:144 +msgid ":guilabel:`Certification`: The name of the certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: When the employee received the certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: The date the certification expires. If the certification has no expiration date, :guilabel:`Indefinite` appears in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:None #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:None msgid "The list of employee certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:39 -msgid "**Only** certification records with the *Display Type* set to *Certification* on their :ref:`certification form ` appear on the :guilabel:`Employee Certifications` report. All other certifications appear in the resume section of the :ref:`employee form `." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:74 +msgid "**Only** skill type records with the *Certification* toggle set to active appear on the :guilabel:`Certifications` report. All other certifications appear in the resume section of the :ref:`employee form `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:79 msgid "View certifications by expiration status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:81 msgid "When managing a large number of employees with a variety of certifications, it can be difficult to determine which employees need to keep necessary certifications current in the default list view. In this scenario, it is beneficial to view the certifications by expiration status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:51 -msgid "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Reporting --> Certifications`. Next, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(Toggle Search Panel)` icon in the search bar, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` :icon:`fa-caret-down`, revealing a drop-down menu. Click :guilabel:`Expiration Status`, then click away from the drop-down menu to close it." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:85 +msgid "To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> Certifications`. Next, clear the default :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Type` grouping in the search bar. Next, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(Toggle Search Panel)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Custom Group` :icon:`fa-caret-down`, to reveal a drop-down menu. Click :guilabel:`Validity Stop`, then click away from the drop-down menu to close it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:56 -msgid "After doing so, all the certifications are organized by status, starting with :guilabel:`Expired` certifications, then certifications that are :guilabel:`Expiring` soon (within the next 90 days), and lastly, certifications that are still :guilabel:`Valid`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:91 +msgid "After doing so, all the certifications are grouped by expiration month, in descending order, with the oldest at the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:60 -msgid "Filter certifications by expiration status to identify certifications expiring soon, and identify employees who must renew." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:94 +msgid "The entries are color-coded. Current certifications that are still valid appear in black, expired certifications appear in gray, and certifications that are going to expire within the next 90 days appear in orange." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:None msgid "The list of employee certifications, grouped by status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:102 +msgid "The time frame can be set to either :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`. To change the presented time frame groups, click the search bar, then click :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Validity Stop` :icon:`fa-caret-down`, and select the desired time frame." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:110 msgid "Log a certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:71 -msgid "To log a certification for an employee, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> Certifications`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a blank certification form loads. Enter the following information on the form:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:112 +msgid "To log a certification for an employee, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> Certifications`. Click :guilabel:`New` to load a blank certification form. Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Enter a short description for the certification in this field." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: Select the employee who received the certification using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:76 -msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee who received the certification." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: Click the *type* of certification received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:78 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: Using the drop-down menu, select the type of certification received. This field determines where on the employee's resume the certification appears. To create a new :guilabel:`Type`, enter the type in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create [type]`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:82 -msgid "The default options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:84 -msgid ":guilabel:`Experience`: Select this option to have the certification appear in the *Experience* section of the *Resume* tab on the :doc:`employee form `. Experience entries are typically previous jobs or internships." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:87 -msgid ":guilabel:`Education`: Select this option to have the certification appear in the *Education* section of the *Resume* tab on the :doc:`employee form `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:89 -msgid ":guilabel:`Social Media`: Select this option to have the certification appear in the *Social Media* section of the *Resume* tab on the :doc:`employee form `. Social Media entries typically relate to certifications relating to digital marketing, social media management, and specific trainings from social media platforms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:93 -msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Certification`: Select this option to have the certification appear in the *Internal Certification* section of the *Resume* tab on the :doc:`employee form `. Internal certifications entries are tied to courses, training, or programs created by the company, that once completed, have a certification associated with it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:97 -msgid ":guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`: Select this option to have the certification appear in the *Completed Internal Training* section of the *Resume* tab on the :doc:`employee form `. Completed internal training entries are typically associated with trainings created by the company, for company-specific processes. These do not result in any certifications, but are logged on the employee profile to indicate completed training." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:103 -msgid ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select the visibility of the certification in this field. The default options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:106 -msgid ":guilabel:`Classic`: Select this option to have the certification appear in the *Resume* section of the employee form, and **not** appear on the *Employee Certifications* report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:108 -msgid ":guilabel:`Certification`: select this option to have the certification appear in the *Resume* section of the employee form, **and** appear on the *Employee Certifications* report. Once this is selected, a :guilabel:`Certification` field appears beneath the :guilabel:`Display Type` field. Using the drop-down menu, select the corresponding **Surveys** app certification the employee took. This field **only** appears if the **Surveys** app is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:113 -msgid ":guilabel:`Course`: Select this option to have the certification appear in the *Resume* section of the employee form, and **not** appear on the *Employee Certifications* report. Once this option is selected, a :guilabel:`Course` field appears beneath the :guilabel:`Display Type` field. Using the drop-down menu, select the corresponding **eLearning** course the employee took. This field **only** appears if the **eLearning** app is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:119 -msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a description for the certification in this field." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: Select the specific certification received. The presented options change if the :guilabel:`Category` is changed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:120 -msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: Click into the first field, and a calendar pop-over window appears. Click on the start and end dates for the certification validity period. When the correct dates are selected, click :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`, and both fields are populated." +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: If the selected certification has a set of *skill levels*, those levels appear in this section. Click on a level to select the level achieved from the certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Validity`: Set the validity start and end dates in the two fields. The current date is populated in the first field, and :guilabel:`indefinite` is populated in the :guilabel:`To` field, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:126 +msgid "Once all the fields are configured, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. The certification is logged for the employee, and appears on the *Certifications* report and the employee record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:None -msgid "A certification form filled out for an OSHA certificate for construction." +msgid "A certification form filled out for a 10-hour OSHA safety course." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:128 -msgid "Once a certification is logged for an employee, a new certification of the *same type* (i.e. :guilabel:`Education` or :guilabel:`Internal Certification`) can be added directly from the employee form, instead of the :guilabel:`Employee Certifications` dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:133 +msgid "Certifications Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:132 -msgid "In the main **Employees** app dashboard, click on an employee profile to open their employee form. In the :guilabel:`RESUME` tab, click the :guilabel:`ADD` button at the end of the corresponding certification line." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:135 +msgid "To view a report of all employee certifications, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees app --> Reporting --> Certifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:136 -msgid "This :guilabel:`ADD` button **only** appears on employee profiles that already have a certification." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:138 +msgid "All certifications appear in a list view, grouped by employee. Each certification entry displays the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Certification Type`: The *skill type* configured for the certification. This can be thought of as the certification *category*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:145 +msgid ":guilabel:`Validity Start`: When the employee received the certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Certification Level`: The level the employee achieved for the certification. This is determined by the configured levels on the *skill type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:148 +msgid ":guilabel:`Current Level`: The corresponding percentage for the :guilabel:`Certification Level` the employee achieved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:155 +msgid "**Only** certification records with the *Display Type* set to *Certification* on their :ref:`certification form ` appear on the :guilabel:`Employee Certifications` report. All other certifications appear in the resume section of the :ref:`employee form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 @@ -3292,6 +3546,175 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A duplicate equipment form with all the information filled out except the serial number." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:5 +msgid "The **Employees** app tracks two kinds of learning: virtual :ref:`eLearning ` courses, or :ref:`onsite ` in-person training. Both certifications and training attendance records are kept in the **Employees** app, and all completed courses and certifications are logged in the *Resume* tab of each :ref:`employee record `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:13 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:15 +msgid "To train employees using eLearning courses, the **eLearning** app must be :ref:`installed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:19 +msgid "Courses can be :ref:`created ` either through the **Employees** app *or* the **eLearning** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:22 +msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> eLearning`, and the :guilabel:`eLearning Courses` dashboard loads. All currently configured courses appear in a list view. Each course displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: The name of the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Add relevant tags, such as level, topic, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: The user responsible for the course, including inviting participants and updating the course as needed. The creator of the course does **not** have to be the :guilabel:`Responsible` person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Course Type`: This field determines the format of the course. The two available options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Training`: The content must be viewed *in order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documentation`: The employee can view the content in the order they choose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:None +msgid "The default list view of the eLearning courses in the Employees app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:43 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:45 +msgid "No courses come preconfigured in the **Employees** app. Courses must be created, in either the **Empoyees** app or the **eLearning** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:49 +msgid "Once a course is available, it is accessible from both apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:51 +msgid "To create an eLearning course, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> eLearning`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner, and a blank *eLearning Course* form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:55 +msgid "Follow the directions for :ref:`creating a course `, including adding the :ref:`content `, :ref:`description `, :ref:`options `, and :ref:`karma ` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:60 +msgid "Only users with the proper :doc:`access rights <../../general/users/access_rights>` can view, modify, or create any learning course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:144 +msgid "Invite employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:69 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`eLearning Courses` dashboard, invite employees to take a course. Navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> eLearning`, click on the desired course from the list, and the course form loads. Click the :guilabel:`Add Attendees` button and an *Enroll Attendees to (Course Title)* pop-up window loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:74 +msgid "Add all desired employees to the :guilabel:`Recipients` field using the drop-down menu. All employees in the database are available in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:78 +msgid "To filter only employees, click into the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, then click :guilabel:`Search more...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:81 +msgid "In the *Search: Recipients* pop-up window that loads, filter the results by clicking into the search box and selecting :guilabel:`Employees` in the :icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`Filters` column. Only employees are presented, excluding other companies or vendors. Click the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`Name` column to select all employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:86 +msgid "The email uses the default `Elearning: Add Attendees to Course` :guilabel:`Mail Template`, which includes a dynamic subject line that includes the course's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:89 +msgid "Make any desired changes to the email, attach any necessary files, then click :guilabel:`Send` to invite the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:92 +msgid "Once the invitation is sent, the recipients appear in the attendees list. Click the :icon:`fa-graduation-cap` :guilabel:`Attendees` smart button to view all invited attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:95 +msgid "Once the employee completes the eLearning course, the training appears on their employee record, in the :ref:`Resume ` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:99 +msgid "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button, and an *Invite Attendees to (Course Name)* pop-up window loads. Copy the course link by clicking the :icon:`fa-clipboard` :guilabel:`(Copy)` icon to copy the link and send it to employees. Or, click the :guilabel:`Send Email` toggle to :ref:`email employees `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:None +msgid "The invitation email to send employees the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:110 +msgid "Onsite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:112 +msgid "The **Employees** app can also track in-person training. These can take any format, from lectures to interactive training. To create onsite training courses, the **Events** app must be :ref:`installed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:116 +msgid "Onsite training can be created either through the **Employees** app *or* the **Events** app. All courses created appear in both apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:120 +msgid "Once an onsite training is available, it is accessible from both apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:122 +msgid "To view all currently configured onsite courses navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> Onsite`, and the :guilabel:`Onsite Courses` dashboard loads. All onsite courses appear in a default Kanban view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:126 +msgid "Click on an onsite training card to view the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:131 +msgid "Create an onsite course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:133 +msgid "To create a new onsite training, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> Onsite`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner and a blank *Onsite Courses* event form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:137 +msgid ":ref:`Fill out the event form ` to configure the onsite training course. When completed, the option to publish it to the website is available, if desired. This option is only available if the **Website** app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:146 +msgid "Once the onsite training is configured, the next step is to invite employees. Navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Learning --> Onsite` and click on the course Kanban card. Click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-left corner, and a blank mailing form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:150 +msgid "The form only allows for inviting employees via :guilabel:`Email`. The :guilabel:`Subject` is `Event: (Event Title)` by default, and can be changed if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:153 +msgid "Next, add the employees to the :ref:`Recipients ` in the respective field, then create the :ref:`body of the email `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/learning.rst:156 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Send`, and a confirmation pop-up window loads. Click :guilabel:`Send to all` on the pop-up window and the invitations are sent." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee record. This record is a centralized place where all important information about the employee is stored, including :ref:`general information `, :ref:`job history and skills `, :ref:`various work information `, :ref:`personal details `, :ref:`payroll-related information `, and various :ref:`settings ` that affect integrations with other apps in the database." msgstr "" @@ -4128,14 +4551,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new offboarding plan, first navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Activity Plan`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner, and a blank plan form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/products.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 -msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Plan Name`: the specific name for the plan." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 130a730ef9..c5308aab88 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-06 18:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -11658,6 +11658,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "Supported hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:None +msgid "The Zebra ZD411 works best to print labels from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:90 +msgid "For label printers, Odoo recommends the `Zebra ZD411 `__, as Odoo supports the ZPL protocol for automatic printing from a point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "This printer has been tested on most label formats (PDF, PNG, ZPL) for all carriers that Odoo supports." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3 msgid "Bpost integration" msgstr "" @@ -16750,7 +16766,7 @@ msgid "Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or ma msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." +msgid "Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate by removing scrapped products from physical inventory and placing them in a virtual *Inventory Loss* location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 @@ -16762,103 +16778,131 @@ msgid "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "Create a scrap location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 +msgid "By default, scrap operations are recorded in the :guilabel:`Inventory adjustment` virtual location. However, if the scrapped products need to be recorded in the *Profit and Loss* accounting report, it is possible to create an :guilabel:`Inventory Loss` location specifically for tracking scrapped goods. If scrapped goods don't need to be tracked for reporting purposes, :ref:`create a scrap order from stock `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 +msgid "To create a new :guilabel:`Inventory Loss` location specifically for scrapped goods, first, open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "To create a new scrap location, open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. By default, this list is filtered by :guilabel:`Internal` locations. To see all locations, remove the :guilabel:`Internal` filter. Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 +msgid "The location form opens. Specify a :guilabel:`Location Name` and :guilabel:`Parent Location`. Update the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`. If working in a multi-company database, specify a :guilabel:`Company`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Loss Account` to ensure that products scrapped to this location show up in the *Profit and Loss* accounting report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 +msgid "A company creates a new `Scrapped Goods` location, with the parent location being `Inventory adjustment`. The :guilabel:`Location Type` is set to :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`. To ensure the scrapped products show up in the *Profit and Loss* accounting report, they specify `600000 Expenses` as the :guilabel:`Loss Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Optionally create a Scrapped Goods inventory loss location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:58 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_valuation/scrapped_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:65 msgid "To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:68 msgid "Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:72 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Inventory adjustment`. Either of these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:76 +msgid "If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, select the checkbox for :guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:83 +msgid "Optionally specify a :guilabel:`Scrap Reason`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:85 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:40 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:90 +msgid "Once validated, a :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 -msgid "If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:48 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:52 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None -msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 -msgid "To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the :guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:65 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the :guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button, at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:68 -msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:94 +msgid "To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap Orders`. A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 -msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgid "List of all scrapped products in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:102 msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:104 msgid "Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered into, or removed from, stock for an operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:108 msgid "To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None -msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgid "# To Receive button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:115 msgid "Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select :guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a :guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:118 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon, and select :guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a :guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:121 +msgid "From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary. Optionally specify a :guilabel:`Scrap Reason`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:125 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:128 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, select the checkbox for :guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:132 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:99 -msgid "From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 -msgid "If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:110 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None -msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:137 +msgid "After products have been scrapped from an operation, a :icon:`oi-arrows-v` :guilabel:`Scraps` smart button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 @@ -21047,7 +21091,7 @@ msgid "**Recommended for Angle-Saxon Accounting**: If the Cost of Goods Sold (CO msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "**Component Purchase Constraints**: Only the kit's minimum required components can be added to an **eCommerce** cart unless the option to :doc:`continue selling<../../../websites/ecommerce/products>` is disabled." +msgid "**Component Purchase Constraints**: Only the kit's minimum required components can be added to an **eCommerce** cart unless the option to :doc:`continue selling <../../../websites/ecommerce/configuration/products>` is disabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:62 diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 618829f7bb..c29db5d563 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-01-06 19:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -2468,59 +2468,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:44 msgid "Event form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 msgid "At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the event takes place, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:50 msgid "Primarily, these smart buttons are used as logistical portals to perform specific actions for the event. The numeric displays are primarily for quick reference points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:53 msgid "While those visual metrics are useful, they can still be clicked, and used to navigate to specific event-related pages to modify and/or perform any desired actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 msgid "Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of the event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:64 msgid "To the right of the entered :guilabel:`Event Name`, there is a language tooltip, represented by an abbreviated language indicator (e.g. `EN`). When clicked, a :guilabel:`Translate: name` pop-up window appears, displaying various pre-configured language translation options available in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place (expressed in your local timezone). This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Display Timezone`: the timezone in which the event dates/times will be displayed on the website. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-determined desired elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:80 msgid "To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:83 msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -2528,107 +2528,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:89 msgid "From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:92 msgid "Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: :guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 msgid "Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the wall, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 msgid "Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the event website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 msgid "An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the :guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 msgid "Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to be added to the wall." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:108 msgid "This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social Marketing <../social_marketing>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 msgid "Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the new template, and selecting either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 msgid ":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event (e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:125 msgid "Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, contact, or employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible for this event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the :doc:`Multiple websites <../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Venue`: enter event venue details. This field pulls pertinent information from the *Contacts* application. Alternatively, :guilabel:`Venue` information can be manually added in this field, as well. At the very least, there **must** be a venue name, address, city, zip code/region, and country entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:141 msgid ":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or :guilabel:`4 per sheet`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:148 msgid ":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:151 msgid "When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:154 msgid "Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication `, :ref:`Questions `, and :ref:`Notes `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:161 msgid "Tickets tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:163 msgid "Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." msgstr "" @@ -2636,67 +2636,67 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:169 msgid "To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the :guilabel:`Name` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:172 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured :guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the name of the new event registration product, and then select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:178 msgid "Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:184 msgid "Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, additional choices are available to customize for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:189 msgid "Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 msgid "The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the ticket for that event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 msgid "Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:200 msgid "Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific ticket that can be sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:202 msgid "The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 msgid "Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges when printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:207 msgid "To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the ticket that should be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:211 msgid "To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:215 msgid "Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:217 msgid "When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 msgid "Communication tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:225 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific intervals leading up to, and following, the event." msgstr "" @@ -2704,93 +2704,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:233 msgid "By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:238 msgid "To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, :guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:242 msgid "There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:245 msgid "To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event entirely." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:250 msgid "The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option **only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:254 msgid ":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:258 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 msgid "Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:262 msgid "Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and :guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo know when the communication should be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and :guilabel:`Months`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 msgid "Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:271 msgid "The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, depending on the status of that particular communication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:274 msgid "The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of *Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` :guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:279 msgid "To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an event, configure the following communication:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:283 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:284 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:287 msgid "Existing email templates can be modified directly from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the :guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and :guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:292 msgid "To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications where the template is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:20 msgid "Questions tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:301 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they register for the event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 msgid "These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead generation rules." msgstr "" @@ -2798,15 +2798,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:314 msgid "By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:318 msgid "The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` :guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:323 msgid "To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From here, users can create and configure their question." msgstr "" @@ -2814,91 +2814,91 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:330 msgid "First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:334 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee that is connected to that registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:339 msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:341 msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the :guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 msgid ":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the question in a text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:347 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a company they are associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:351 msgid "Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:356 msgid "As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative columns showcase the configurations of each question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:359 msgid "The informative columns are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:362 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:364 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:365 msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:367 msgid "For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response metrics to that specific question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:371 msgid "To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding question line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:374 msgid "There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:380 msgid "Notes tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:382 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." msgstr "" @@ -2906,55 +2906,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:389 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact information, instructions, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:392 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that appear on the attendees ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 msgid "Publish events" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 msgid "Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register for the event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 msgid "To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:407 msgid "To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the :doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:410 msgid "Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 msgid "Send event invites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:417 msgid "To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-left corner of the event form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:421 msgid "Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the :ref:`Create an email ` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:425 msgid "Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:430 msgid "Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is 200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the :ref:`email-issues-outgoing-delivery-failure-messages-limit` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:434 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:310 msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index a345f09323..6500ebc0d0 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-06 18:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -508,6 +508,90 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For additional information on :ref:`Google Gemini ` pricing, visit `Gemini API Pricing `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:3 +msgid "AI in email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo allows |AI| prompts to be embedded directly into email templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:9 +msgid "When an email is sent, the prompt is evaluated in context, and the generated content is inserted into the message automatically. This feature makes it possible to create dynamic, personalized emails at scale, while keeping templates concise and reusable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:13 +msgid "An AI-enabled email template contains one or more AI prompts that are evaluated at send time. Unlike static templates, AI prompts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:16 +msgid "Adapt the message content to the current record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:17 +msgid "Use available context such as customer data, document content, or related records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:18 +msgid "Generate natural language text automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:21 +msgid "How AI prompts are evaluated in email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:23 +msgid "When the database creates an email based on a template with an AI prompt, the prompt uses the current record as context to complete the prompt's objective. If the email is sent in bulk, the prompt is evaluated separately for each record. This allows a single template to produce personalized content for multiple recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:29 +msgid "Adding an AI prompt to an email template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:31 +msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Developer mode ` needs to be activated to view the *Technical* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:37 +msgid "Select an existing template, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one. In the body of the template, type `/`, to open the :ref:`powerbox `. Select :guilabel:`Prompt` from the drop-down menu. This adds a banner to the template. In the banner, enter a prompt describing the expected output." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:42 +msgid "To utilize :ref:`dynamic placeholders ` within the prompt, type `/`, then select :guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholder` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:0 +msgid "An email template with an AI prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:49 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders reference specific fields within the database to produce unique data in the template. Adding these placeholders is what allows the database to customize the email based on the record referenced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:54 +msgid "Example use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:56 +msgid "Sales follow-ups: Automatically generate tailored follow-up emails based on opportunity stage, customer activity, or recent communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:58 +msgid "HR communication: Generate personalized onboarding or interview emails based on application or employee data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:60 +msgid "Project updates: Create progress summaries using task descriptions and recent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/email-templates.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:3 msgid "AI fields" msgstr "" @@ -650,13 +734,121 @@ msgid "To compute, or refresh, an |AI| field, click on the |AI| icon next to the msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:98 -msgid "Additionally, a scheduled action runs once a day to fill all |AI| fields that are currently empty. This action is active by default." +msgid "Additionally, a scheduled action runs once a day to fill text and property |AI| fields that are currently empty. This action is active by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:102 msgid "To run the scheduled action manually, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Click on :guilabel:`AI Fields\\:\\ Compute AI fields` to open it, then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:3 +msgid "Write and improve text with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo |AI| can assist with writing and refining text across the database. This makes it easier to draft emails, improve existing content, and quickly extract key information from discussions or notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:11 +msgid "|AI| writing features are available in most rich-text environments in Odoo, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:13 +msgid "*Description* and *Notes* fields on records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:14 +msgid "Email composers and email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:15 +msgid "**Knowledge** articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:17 +msgid "These features are accessible through the text editor and the :ref:`powerbox `, depending on the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:None +msgid "A knowledge article with the AI improve text option visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:24 +msgid "Writing with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:26 +msgid "|AI| can generate new text based on a short prompt or partial input. This is useful for drafting content such as emails, task descriptions, or internal notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:29 +msgid "To generate text, either click the |AI| icon, or type `/` to open the powerbox, and select :guilabel:`AI` from the drop-down menu. Both options open a conversation window. Enter a short prompt describing the desired content, then click the :icon:`fa-paper-plane-o` :guilabel:`(paper plane)` icon. After the text is generated, hover over the response and click :guilabel:`Use this` to add the content to the desired field or document. Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-copy` :guilabel:`(copy)` icon to copy the text to the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:None +msgid "A conversation window with an AI agent generating content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:39 +msgid "If unsatisfied with the content, send a follow-up message to the agent with an expanded prompt or suggested changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:43 +msgid "Improving existing text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:45 +msgid "|AI| can also be used to rewrite or improve existing text. This includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:47 +msgid "Making text clearer or more concise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:48 +msgid "Adjusting tone or structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:49 +msgid "Correcting grammar or phrasing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:51 +msgid "Select the text to improve, then click the |AI| icon to open a conversation window. Click the :guilabel:`Rewrite selected` prompt. After the text is generated, hover over the response and click :guilabel:`Use this` to add the content to the desired field or document. Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-copy` :guilabel:`(copy)` icon to copy the text to the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:None +msgid "The rewrite selected text in a conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:60 +msgid "To add custom instructions to the prompt, such as suggestions on tone or content, write the prompt directly in the conversation window. For example, `Rewrite the selected text in a more professional tone`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:65 +msgid "Best practices for AI-assisted writing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:67 +msgid "For best results when using |AI| to write or improve text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:69 +msgid "Provide clear and specific context in prompts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:70 +msgid "Review AI-generated content before saving or sending" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:71 +msgid "Adjust wording to match the company's tone and communication standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/improve_text.rst:73 +msgid "|AI|-assisted writing is designed to support productivity, while final review and validation remain essential." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/live-chat.rst:3 msgid "AI live chat" msgstr "" @@ -16949,93 +17141,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A padlock icon is visible on your private tasks to quickly identify them among your project tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:5 -msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:274 +msgid "Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:9 -msgid "|VOIP| in Odoo enables businesses to handle calls over the internet by integrating directly with Odoo apps like **CRM**, **Helpdesk**, and more. Calls and messages are logged within these apps, keeping records linked to customer interactions." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:10 +msgid "As of Odoo 19.0, the *VoIP* module has been renamed to *Odoo Phone*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:14 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: VoIP `_" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:12 +msgid "The Odoo **Phone** app enables businesses to handle calls over the internet by integrating directly with Odoo apps like **CRM** and **Helpdesk**. The **Phone** app can link calls and messages to customer interactions, log communication history, and automate call routing based on predefined rules. Features like call recording and analytics provide insights into call volume and response times, helping businesses streamline external communication and track team performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:16 -msgid "Users can make and receive calls, track communication history, and automate call routing based on predefined rules. Features like call recording and analytics provide insights into call volume and response times, helping teams track communication efficiency." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:19 +msgid "Phone\n" +"\n" +" widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:3 -msgid "VoIP actions" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:19 +msgid "Get started with the Phone widget essentials, including actions that can be taken during a call." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:21 -msgid "Get oriented with the features of the VoIP widget, like what actions can be taken during a call." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:3 msgid "Devices and integrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:28 -msgid "Learn about accessing the VoIP widget from different devices (like phones) and apps (like Linphone)." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:26 +msgid "Learn how to access the Phone widget from different devices (like phones) and apps (like Linphone)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:36 -msgid "VoIP terms" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:34 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Phone `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:38 -msgid "**VoIP**: Voice over Internet Protocol. Technology that is used to handle calls that are not made from a phone line." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:37 +msgid "About VoIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:40 -msgid "**SIP**: Session Initiation Protocol. Technology included in |VOIP| that specifically handles the setup, management, and termination of calls." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:39 +msgid "The **Phone** app uses the following technologies to make and receive calls in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:41 +msgid "**Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)**: Technology that is used to handle calls that are not made from a phone line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:43 +msgid "**Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)**: Technology included in |VOIP| that specifically handles the setup, management, and termination of calls." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:45 msgid "**Call queue**: A system to route calls (usually in a support team). This allows customers to wait for help if no support agents are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:47 msgid "**Dial plans**: A system to define how |VOIP| calls are routed, based on set rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:47 -msgid "Configure VoIP" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:50 +msgid "Configure the Phone app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:49 -msgid "To use |VOIP|, first :ref:`install ` the :guilabel:`VoIP` module." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:52 +msgid "To make |VOIP| calls in Odoo, first :ref:`install ` the **Phone** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:51 -msgid "Once the module is installed, a :icon:`oi-voip` (:guilabel:`VoIP`) icon will appear at the top of the screen. This is where phone calls are made from within Odoo. When this icon is clicked, a |VOIP| pop-up widget appears on the screen, and is where emails can be sent, user and employee info can be edited, and activities can be managed. While this pop-up widget is open, the user can navigate through their Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:58 -msgid "Assign user permissions" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:54 +msgid "Once the app is installed, a :icon:`oi-voip` (:guilabel:`Phone`) icon will appear at the top of the screen. When this icon is clicked, a **Phone** pop-up widget appears on the screen. This is where users can make and receive calls, send emails, edit user and employee info, and manage activities. The pop-up widget stays open when navigating other Odoo apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:60 +msgid "Assign user permissions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:62 msgid "By default, users can receive their own calls, and managers can receive calls for their team members. To grant additional |VOIP| permissions to a user, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users \\& Companies --> Users` and search for the user. Open the user's contact card and navigate to the *Access Rights* tab. Go to the *Productivity* section, and in the |VOIP| field select the desired access level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:68 msgid "There are three access roles for |VOIP|:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`No`: cannot access |VOIP| features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Officer`: can view and report on all calls." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Administrator`: can view, report, and manage call settings." msgstr "" @@ -17047,77 +17245,89 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Make sure to set the correct access level for each |VOIP| user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:78 msgid "To modify these roles or add custom roles, see :ref:`Create and modify groups `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:80 -msgid "Add a VoIP provider" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:82 -msgid "In order to use |VOIP|, a service provider must be connected to the Odoo database. While |VOIP| setup is minimal in Odoo, most configuration happens in the external |VOIP| service provider. Two verified providers are :doc:`OnSIP ` and :doc:`Axivox `. Click on the cards below to learn how to configure these service providers in the Odoo database. If these providers cannot be used, an alternate provider must meet these requirements to connect with Odoo:" +msgid "Connect to a VoIP provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:88 -msgid "|VOIP| host must provide access to a SIP server via a websocket connection" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:84 +msgid "Making calls through the **Phone** app also requires a |VOIP| service provider. Odoo supports three verified providers by default: :doc:`Axivox `, :doc:`DIDWW `, and :doc:`OnSIP `. Click on the cards below to learn how to configure these service providers in the Odoo database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:89 -msgid "|VOIP| host must support WebRTC protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:91 -msgid "To add the credentials for the alternate provider, go to the **Settings** app and search for `VoIP`. In the :guilabel:`Integrations` section under :guilabel:`VoIP`, click :guilabel:`Manage Providers`. And then, click :guilabel:`New` and enter the requested information (like the websocket's URL). Note that the :guilabel:`OnSIP Domain` field is where the domain created by the alternate provider goes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:96 -msgid "If any issues with the |VOIP| service provider are encountered, then reach out to their support team. If any issues when setting up the |VOIP| service provider are encountered in Odoo, then follow the :ref:`relevant troubleshooting steps `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:101 -msgid "Odoo **cannot** verify that every alternate provider is compatible with Odoo's systems. However, if the above requirements are met, then no issues should be found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox.rst:5 msgid "Axivox configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:90 msgid "Learn how to set up Axivox in Odoo. This includes adding users to Axivox, setting up call queues, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:97 msgid "OnSIP configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:97 msgid "Learn how to set up OnSIP in Odoo. This includes entering OnSIP credentials into Odoo and handling troubleshooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:104 +msgid "DIDWW configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:104 +msgid "Learn how to set up DIDWW in Odoo. This includes entering DIDWW credentials into Odoo and purchasing new numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:111 +msgid "Other providers must meet two requirements to connect with Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:113 +msgid "The |VOIP| host must provide access to a SIP server via a websocket connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:114 +msgid "The |VOIP| host must support WebRTC protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:117 +msgid "If these requirements are met, it should be possible to add the alternate provider to Odoo. However, Odoo recommends using a verified provider, and cannot guarantee that every alternate provider is compatible with the **Phone** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:121 +msgid "To add credentials for an alternate provider, go to the :menuselection:`Phone app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Click :guilabel:`New` and enter the provider information (like the websocket's URL). Enter the domain created by the alternate provider in the :guilabel:`OnSIP Domain` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:125 +msgid "For issues setting up the |VOIP| service provider in Odoo, follow the :ref:`relevant troubleshooting steps `. For any other issues with the |VOIP| service provider, reach out directly to their support team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:130 msgid "VoIP workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:122 -msgid "Here are a few commonly used workflows for Odoo |VOIP|. This technology is especially popular with sales teams and support teams, but can be useful for other teams as well." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:132 +msgid "Odoo **Phone** is popular with sales teams and support teams, but can be useful for other teams as well. Click the cards below to learn about |VOIP| workflows in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:136 msgid "Sales teams and VoIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:126 -msgid "Learn how to use VoIP for a sales team. This includes making sales calls, handling follow-ups, and sending a sales quotation while on a call." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:136 +msgid "Learn how to use Odoo Phone for a sales team workflow. This includes making sales calls, handling follow-ups, and sending a sales quotation while on a call." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:143 msgid "Support queues and VoIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:133 -msgid "Learn how to use VoIP for a support team. This includes joining a call queue as an agent and handling support tickets that require calls." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:143 +msgid "Learn how to use Odoo Phone for a support team workflow. This includes joining a call queue as an agent and handling live phone support tickets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:3 @@ -20160,6 +20370,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the support agent calls their *agent disconnection code*, they'll hear a short message letting them know they are logged out of the queue. From here, the agent will no longer receive support calls until they log back in." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:3 +msgid "VoIP actions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:7 msgid "The |VOIP| widget is an add-on made available to Odoo users by installing the |VOIP| module. Instead of managing mobile devices for every salesperson, fumbling through call transfers for upset customers, or needing a meeting room to handle a conference call, utilize the |VOIP| widget to tackle any of these business needs." msgstr "" @@ -20728,10 +20942,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo Interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:274 -msgid "Phone" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone number ID`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 6664bc7fcd..0e8b47c0b6 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-06 18:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -51,14 +51,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 @@ -68,21 +67,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/tyro.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:433 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/manage_deposits.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/commissions.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/gelato.rst:15 @@ -3063,6 +3061,7 @@ msgid "In the pop-up menu that appears, name the spreadsheet and select a :guila msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:122 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -4803,290 +4802,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Activities <../../../essentials/activities>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:80 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 -msgid "With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops and restaurants easily. The app works on any device with a web browser, even if you are temporarily offline. Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo **Point of Sale** is designed for managing shops and restaurants. It is web-browser-based, allowing it to run on any device, and is built to maintain functionality even during temporary network outages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:11 +msgid "Beyond traditional :doc:`store ` and :doc:`restaurant ` settings, Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` also supports a :doc:`self-ordering ` feature, enabling customers to place orders and make payments using a dedicated kiosk or their own mobile device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` integrates with all essential point-of-sale hardware, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`Payment terminals `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 -msgid "Start a session" +msgid "Cash drawers;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Cash machines `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 -msgid "From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session`, and at the :guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is already opened." +msgid ":ref:`Scales `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Multiple users ` can be logged into the same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once on the same browser." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Barcode scanners `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 -msgid "Sell products" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`Customer displays `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 -msgid "Click on products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively :guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Preparation displays `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 -msgid "Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking :guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Electronic shelf labels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None -msgid "POS session interface." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:27 +msgid "This hardware can be connected directly or through an :doc:`IoT system <../general/iot>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 -msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 -msgid "**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:50 -msgid "The system can only load a limited number of products for effective opening. Click :guilabel:`Search more` if the desired product is not loaded automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:56 -msgid "Set customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:58 -msgid "Registering your customer is necessary to :doc:`collect their loyalty points and grant them rewards `, automatically apply the :doc:`attributed pricelist `, or :ref:`generate and print an invoice `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:63 -msgid "You can create customers from an :ref:`open POS session ` by clicking :menuselection:`Customer --> Create`, and filling in the contact information. You can also create customers from the backend by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Customers` and clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, fill in the information and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:68 -msgid "To set a customer during an order, access the list of customers by clicking :guilabel:`Customer` on the POS interface. You can also set a customer at the payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:75 -msgid "Customer notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:77 -msgid "You can add **customer notes** about specific products directly from an open :ref:`POS session `. For instance, to provide cleaning and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:81 -msgid "To do so, select a product and click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:85 -msgid "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` are displayed identically in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None -msgid "Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:91 -msgid "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how they appear in the cart, under the related product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None -msgid "Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:100 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:102 -msgid "To refund a returned product, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:104 -msgid ":ref:`Start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:105 -msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then :icon:`fa-undo` :guilabel:`Refund`, and select the corresponding order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:107 -msgid "Select items, use the keypad to set the quantity to refund, then click :guilabel:`Refund`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:108 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Payment` and select the appropriate refund payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:109 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Validate` and print the receipt if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:110 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`New Order` to proceed to the next customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:113 -msgid "To filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Reference`, :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`, enter a value in the search bar and choose the relevant filter from the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:116 -msgid "When the total amount is negative, adding a gift card to the cart automatically adjusts the gift card balance to match that amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:120 -msgid "Alternatively, a refund can be processed by selecting the returned product(s) from an open session and setting a negative quantity equal to the number of returned items. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, and update the quantity accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:124 -msgid "Once the return payment is validated, Odoo generates the required credit note, referencing the original receipt or invoice and partially or fully canceling the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:130 -msgid "Manage the cash register" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:132 -msgid "To add or take out cash from the register, click the **menu icon** in the upper right corner of your screen and :guilabel:`Cash In/Out`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None -msgid "Dropdown menu to close a POS session, reach the backend, add or take cash out or check\n" -"orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:139 -msgid "Doing so opens a pop-up window on which you can select :guilabel:`Cash In` or :guilabel:`Cash Out`, enter the amount and the reason, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:145 -msgid "Close the POS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:147 -msgid "To close your session, click the **menu icon** in the upper right corner of your screen and :guilabel:`Close Session`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:150 -msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:153 -msgid "the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:154 -msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:156 -msgid "Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None -msgid "How to close a POS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:165 -msgid "Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:169 -msgid "To reach the backend without closing the session, click :guilabel:`Backend` on the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:171 -msgid "To abort, click :guilabel:`Discard` on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:172 -msgid "Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:177 -msgid "It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:178 -msgid "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:184 -msgid "Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:186 -msgid "Once you :ref:`close and post the POS session `, access the comprehensive report to review all session activities, including who initiated the session and who handled specific orders. To access the session's report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:190 -msgid "Click :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) on the POS card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:191 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Sessions` under the :guilabel:`View` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:192 -msgid "From that list view, you can see all the sessions and who initiated them under the :guilabel:`Opened By` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:194 -msgid "Select a POS session to open a detailed session report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:195 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Orders` smart button to display a list of all orders placed during that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:197 -msgid "From that view, you can retrieve the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:199 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Order Ref`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:200 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` of the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:201 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Point of Sale` where that order was made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:202 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Receipt Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:203 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Customer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:204 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Employee` that placed this order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:205 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Total` paid amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:206 -msgid "The order :guilabel:`Status`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:208 -msgid "To get an overview of all orders, regardless of the session, click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select :guilabel:`Orders` from the :guilabel:`View` section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:30 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale tutorials `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:3 @@ -5105,165 +4875,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In retail, this feature allows you to create a product set with multiple products to choose from and combine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:20 msgid "First, you need to create combination choices. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Product Combos` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:23 msgid "Name your combo and add the products you want customers to choose from by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. You can also include an extra price for each option in the :guilabel:`Extra Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:28 msgid "As a reference, the selected product's original price is displayed in the :guilabel:`Original Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:34 msgid "Second, you need to create a specific product to gather combo choices. To do this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:36 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:37 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Combo` and fill in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:41 msgid "The sales price of the combo product is fixed and does not vary based on the individual prices of included items or the quantity of items in the combo. The combo product price is only affected by the extra price optionally defined at the combo choice creation or if a variant of one of the items has a specified extra price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:45 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Combo Choices` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select the combinations to add. You can also create a new combination at this step by clicking :guilabel:`New` on the popup window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:52 msgid "Once you have created and added the combo choices into a product, you can sell combos in your retail store or restaurant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:32 msgid "Practical application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:56 -msgid ":ref:`Open a POS session ` and select the combo product. Choose the options and click :guilabel:`Add to order`. As a reminder, the extra price appears under the related choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 -msgid "Access the POS settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 -msgid "To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None -msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 -msgid "These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights ` :guilabel:`Administration` set as :guilabel:`Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:24 -msgid "You can also configure some settings from the dashboard by clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a popup window, from which you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT sytem. `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None -msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:35 -msgid "These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights ` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as :guilabel:`Administrator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:39 -msgid "Make products available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 -msgid "To make products available for sale," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:138 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:44 -msgid "Select a product to open the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:45 -msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` checkbox at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None -msgid "Making a product available in your POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:51 -msgid "PoS product categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:56 -msgid "POS product categories allow users to categorize products and get a more structured and clean POS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:59 -msgid "To manage PoS categories, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS Product Categories`. To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, name it in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:63 -msgid "To associate a category with a parent category, fill in the :guilabel:`Parent Category` field. A parent category groups one or more child categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:0 -msgid "The PoS product categories grouped by parent categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:71 -msgid "Assign PoS product categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product form. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` tab and fill in the :guilabel:`Category` field under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section with one or multiple PoS categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None -msgid "Point of Sale tab of a product form to add a PoS product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:81 -msgid "Restrict categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:83 -msgid "You can limit the categories displayed on your POS interface. To achieve this, go to your :ref:`POS settings ` and choose the specific categories to display in the :guilabel:`Restrict Categories` field within the :guilabel:`Product & PoS categories` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None -msgid "Setting to set up the restrict category feature" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:58 +msgid ":ref:`Access the POS register ` and select the combo product. Choose the options and click :guilabel:`Add to order`. As a reminder, the extra price appears under the related choices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:3 @@ -5279,8 +4939,8 @@ msgid "To use an ePos printer in Point of Sale:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:106 -msgid ":ref:`Access the POS settings `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:105 +msgid ":ref:`Access the POS settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:15 @@ -5832,7 +5492,7 @@ msgid "The barcode scanner must end barcodes with an `ENTER` character (keycode msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/pos_iot.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:83 msgid "Scale" msgstr "" @@ -5867,7 +5527,7 @@ msgid "In the :guilabel:`Connect to a Point of Sale` popup that opens, select th msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/pos_iot.rst:44 -msgid "Alternatively, :ref:`access the POS settings ` and select the POS, or click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`, select the devices to use with the POS, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "Alternatively, :ref:`access the POS settings ` and select the POS, or click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`, select the devices to use with the POS, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/pos_iot.rst:50 @@ -5891,7 +5551,7 @@ msgid "Multi-employee management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Point of Sale (POS) offers a **Log in with Employees** feature, allowing multiple users to :ref:`log into a POS session `. Activating this feature enables the following actions:" +msgid "Odoo Point of Sale (POS) offers a **Log in with Employees** feature, allowing multiple users to :ref:`log into the POS register `. Activating this feature enables the following actions:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:9 @@ -5907,7 +5567,7 @@ msgid ":ref:`Track the employees involved in each order for enhanced analytics < msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:19 -msgid "Access the multi-employee setting from the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section of the :ref:`POS settings `. Then," +msgid "Access the multi-employee setting from the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section of the :ref:`POS settings `. Then," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:22 @@ -5956,11 +5616,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:67 -msgid "**Session management:**" +msgid "**Register management:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:50 -msgid "Lock and unlock an open POS session." +msgid "Lock and unlock an open POS register." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:51 @@ -5973,15 +5633,15 @@ msgid "**Sales transactions:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:55 -msgid ":ref:`Process standard sales transactions `." +msgid ":ref:`Process standard sales transactions `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:56 -msgid ":ref:`Set customers `." +msgid ":ref:`Set customers `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:57 -msgid ":ref:`Add notes to orders `." +msgid ":ref:`Add notes to orders `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:59 @@ -6002,19 +5662,19 @@ msgid "In addition to the minimal rights, employees with basic rights can also:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:69 -msgid ":ref:`Open a POS session `." +msgid ":ref:`Open the POS register `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:70 -msgid ":ref:`Perform cash-in and cash-out operations `." +msgid ":ref:`Perform cash-in and cash-out operations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 -msgid ":ref:`Create customers `." +msgid ":ref:`Create customers `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:75 -msgid ":ref:`Process refunds `." +msgid ":ref:`Process refunds `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:76 @@ -6038,7 +5698,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`Manually apply discounts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:84 -msgid "Manually :ref:`change a product's price `." +msgid "Manually :ref:`change a product's price `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:85 @@ -6066,7 +5726,7 @@ msgid "Access the Odoo backend interface." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:94 -msgid ":ref:`Close the current POS session `." +msgid ":ref:`Close the current POS register `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:97 @@ -6083,80 +5743,80 @@ msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:107 -msgid "Once the **Log in with Employees** feature is enabled, employees must log in to :ref:`open a POS session ` and access the POS interface. They can :ref:`scan their employee badge `, click the :icon:`fa-users` icon (:guilabel:`users`) to select their name from the list of authorized users, or by entering :ref:`their PIN code ` in the :guilabel:`Enter your PIN` field." +msgid "Once the **Log in with Employees** feature is enabled, employees must log in to :ref:`open the POS register ` and access the POS interface. They can :ref:`scan their employee badge `, click the :icon:`fa-users` icon (:guilabel:`users`) to select their name from the list of authorized users, or by entering :ref:`their PIN code ` in the :guilabel:`Enter your PIN` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:None -msgid "Login window to open a session when the multiple cashiers feature is active" +msgid "Login window to open the register when the multiple cashiers feature is active" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:116 -msgid "To switch between users during an :ref:`active session `, click on the currently logged-in employee's name at the top right of the POS screen and select the user to switch to." +msgid "To switch between users from the :ref:`POS interface `, click on the currently logged-in employee's name at the top right of the POS screen and select the user to switch to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:121 msgid "In the absence of a scanner, click the :icon:`fa-barcode` icon (:guilabel:`barcode`) to scan barcodes using the webcam." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:127 msgid "Logging in with badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:129 msgid "Employees can log in using their badge. To configure badge-based login, assign a unique badge ID to the employee's profile in the **Employees** module:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:153 msgid "Navigate to the **Employees** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:133 msgid "Open the form view of the specific employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:155 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Settings` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:135 msgid "The :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing` category offers two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:137 msgid "Manually enter any badge ID in the :guilabel:`Badge ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:138 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Generate` to create a unique badge ID automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:139 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Print Badge` to generate a barcode representation of the assigned badge ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:140 -msgid "To switch users within an open POS session using a badge, you must first lock the session. To do so, click the :icon:`fa-lg fa-lock` icon (:guilabel:`lock`) to return to the login screen. Then, the new employee can scan their badge to log in." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:141 +msgid "To switch between users from the :ref:`POS interface `, using a badge, you must first lock the register. To do so, click the :icon:`fa-lg fa-lock` icon (:guilabel:`lock`) to return to the login screen. Then, the new employee can scan their badge to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:148 msgid "Adding a PIN Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:149 -msgid "For enhanced security, employees may be forced to enter a PIN code each time they log into a POS session. To set up a PIN code for an employee:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:150 +msgid "For enhanced security, employees may be forced to enter a PIN code each time they log into the POS register. To set up a PIN code for an employee:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:154 msgid "Open the form view of the relevant employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:156 msgid "Enter a desired numerical code in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field of the :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing` category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:160 msgid "The PIN code must consist of a sequence of digits only." msgstr "" @@ -6274,6 +5934,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" @@ -6323,7 +5984,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/dpo.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/tyro.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:16 -msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `." +msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:71 @@ -6412,6 +6073,7 @@ msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Week Day`, :guilabel:`Starting Hour`, :guilabel:`E msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "" @@ -6419,6 +6081,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make products available individually," msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:138 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:125 msgid "Select any product to open its product form." msgstr "" @@ -6699,7 +6366,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "Save." msgstr "" @@ -6736,7 +6403,7 @@ msgid "Cash machines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines.rst:7 -msgid "Connecting and integrating a cash machine with a :ref:`POS system ` enables automation of cash transactions, cash counting, and change return." +msgid "Connecting and integrating a cash machine with a POS system automates cash transactions, cash counting, and change return." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines.rst:15 @@ -6754,11 +6421,12 @@ msgid "Select the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:5 msgid "Use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines.rst:26 -msgid "To process a :ref:`payment ` with a :ref:`configured cash machine `, select the machine's :doc:`payment method <../payment_methods>` on the **payment screen**, then follow the instructions on the machine." +msgid "To process a :ref:`payment ` with a :ref:`configured cash machine `, select the machine's :doc:`payment method <../payment_methods>` on the **payment screen**, then follow the instructions on the machine." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines.rst:30 @@ -6784,200 +6452,208 @@ msgid "**Glory** :doc:`cash machines <../cash_machines>` enable the automation o msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo supports the Glory CI-5, CI-10, and CI-10X models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:9 +msgid "The Glory machine must run firmware version ISP-K05H/B v18.40 or later. Any version starting with ISP-K35 is **not supported**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:12 msgid "The integration with the Glory cash machine only supports basic functions, such as cash transactions and cash count checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:14 msgid "Tasks like filling and emptying the machine must be performed directly through the cash machine interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:23 msgid "Cash machine settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:25 msgid "Power on the cash machine, which briefly displays its IP address at the bottom of the screen. Note it down for later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:29 msgid "The IP address should be formatted as `###.###.#.##` (e.g., `192.168.0.25`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:31 msgid "Navigate to the cash machine's homepage by entering its IP address as the URL in `HTTPS` (e.g., `https://192.168.0.25`), and log in with your Glory credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:33 msgid "As long as the certificate is not imported, a warning page appears when trying to access the machine's homepage. Bypass it by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and then :guilabel:`Proceed to [IP address] (unsafe)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:36 msgid "From the Glory homepage, go to :guilabel:`Host Configuration` and ensure the :guilabel:`Network` setting is set to :guilabel:`MANUAL`, meaning the IP address is static." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:38 msgid "Then, navigate to :guilabel:`SSL Configuration` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`HTTPS Server Setting` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:41 msgid "In parallel, open the terminal and verify that *OpenSSL* is installed. Type `openssl` and press enter. If installed, this command displays a `help` menu listing all available OpenSSL commands. If nothing happens, `install it `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:44 msgid "Then, paste the following command and press `Enter` to generate and download the certificate and private key. Ensure that you replace the demo IP address with the cash machine’s actual IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:53 msgid "The self-signed SSL certificate and key pair must use the same static IP address as the cash machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:56 msgid "Once the files are generated, from the :guilabel:`HTTPS Server Setting` section, upload `cert.pem` as the :guilabel:`Certificate` and `key.pem` as the :guilabel:`Private Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:58 msgid "Go to :guilabel:`WebApp Configuration` and ensure the :guilabel:`Interface` setting from the :guilabel:`A: Nodejs Setting` section is set to :guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:60 msgid "Then, adjust the following settings depending on the POS setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:62 msgid "If **multiple POS** are connected to the same cash machine, go to :guilabel:`App Configuration`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`SOAP IF Setting`, and ensure :guilabel:`Session mode` and :guilabel:`Occupy mode` are both set to :guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:61 -msgid "If **a dedicated user** has been set up on the cash machine for Odoo, go to :guilabel:`App Configuration`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`SOAP IF Setting` section, and :guilabel:`Enable` the :guilabel:`User check` setting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:65 +msgid "If **a dedicated user** has been set up on the cash machine for Odoo, which is recommended, go to :guilabel:`App Configuration`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`SOAP IF Setting` section, and :guilabel:`Enable` the :guilabel:`User check` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:68 msgid "Restart the cash machine to apply the new settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:71 msgid "As this setup is complex and may involve advanced knowledge of Glory hardware, it is advisable to consult the Glory integration partner for configuration if there is any uncertainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:75 msgid "Import self-signed certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:77 msgid "For a long-term solution, the generated certificates must be imported into the device running the POS. The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:82 msgid "Windows OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:84 msgid "Windows manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates must be imported from the certification files rather than the browser. To do so," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:87 msgid "Open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:88 msgid "Right-click on the certification files and select :guilabel:`Install Certificate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:89 msgid "Specify the certificate location and select the installation scope: either the :guilabel:`Current User` only or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:92 msgid "On the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select :guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Finish` and accept the pop-up security window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:96 msgid "Restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:98 msgid "Linux OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:100 msgid "When using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:112 msgid "Open the web browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:103 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> Manage certificates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:105 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select the exported certification files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:107 msgid "Accept all warnings and click :guilabel:`ok`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:117 msgid "Restart the web browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:110 msgid "When using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:113 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View Certificates... --> Import`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:115 msgid "Select the exported certification files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:116 msgid "Tick the checkboxes and validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:120 msgid "Payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:122 msgid ":ref:`Install ` the POS Glory Cash Machines module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`Associate a cash payment method <../../payment_methods>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:125 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`. Create a new :guilabel:`Cash` payment method or update an existing payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:127 msgid "Select the associated POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:128 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash Machine (Glory)` in the :guilabel:`Integration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:129 msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Cash Machine IP` field with the IP address of the cash machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:130 msgid "If the cash machine was configured to use :guilabel:`User check` in the previous section, fill in the :guilabel:`Cash Machine Username` and :guilabel:`Cash Machine Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/cash_machines/glory.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../payment_methods`" msgstr "" @@ -6994,7 +6670,7 @@ msgid "To allow customers to pay using their customer account, :doc:`create a pa msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:18 -msgid "Enable :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to force the :ref:`selection of a customer ` to allow using this payment method." +msgid "Enable :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to force the :ref:`selection of a customer ` to allow using this payment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:20 @@ -7078,7 +6754,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Validate` the purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:62 -msgid "To effectively monitor and manage the customer’s unpaid debt, either :doc:`create an invoice <../receipts_invoices>` for the order or install the :doc:`Accounting application <../../../finance/accounting>`." +msgid "To effectively monitor and manage the customer’s unpaid debt, either :doc:`create an invoice <../use/pos_invoices>` for the order or install the :doc:`Accounting application <../../../finance/accounting>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:67 @@ -7086,7 +6762,7 @@ msgid "Debt tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:69 -msgid "When a customer pays using their customer account, the purchase amount is recorded as debt until it is paid off. To keep track of a customer’s debt, consult their customer statement in the backend or their profile in an open session." +msgid "When a customer pays using their customer account, the purchase amount is recorded as debt until it is paid off. To keep track of a customer’s debt, consult their customer statement in the backend or their customer profile from the POS register." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:73 @@ -7094,7 +6770,7 @@ msgid "To access the :guilabel:`Customer Statement` report, go to :menuselection msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:77 -msgid "To view the total amount due or deposited by a customer from an open session, access the customer list by clicking :guilabel:`Customer` and search for the desired customer; the amount due or deposited is displayed next to their name." +msgid "To view the total amount due or deposited by a customer from the POS register, access the customer list by clicking :guilabel:`Customer` and search for the desired customer; the amount due or deposited is displayed next to their name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:None @@ -7138,8 +6814,8 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Payment` and select the relevant payment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:409 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:461 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" @@ -7360,7 +7036,7 @@ msgid "At least one bank account must be defined in the journal to allow QR code msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:85 -msgid "Once the payment method is created, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method to your POS under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." +msgid "Once the payment method is created, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method to your POS under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:None @@ -7392,7 +7068,7 @@ msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 -msgid "Connect and integrate a payment terminal to a :ref:`POS system ` to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards." +msgid "Connect and integrate a payment terminal to a :ref:`POS system ` to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:15 @@ -7411,9 +7087,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:149 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:338 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -7479,7 +7155,7 @@ msgid "Terminal use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:45 -msgid "To process a :ref:`payment ` with a :ref:`configured terminal ` for an order, select the terminal's :doc:`payment method <../payment_methods>` on the :guilabel:`Payment` screen, then follow the instructions on the terminal device." +msgid "To process a :ref:`payment ` with a :ref:`configured terminal ` for an order, select the terminal's :doc:`payment method <../payment_methods>` on the :guilabel:`Payment` screen, then follow the instructions on the terminal device." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:53 @@ -7589,7 +7265,7 @@ msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:75 -msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." +msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 @@ -7598,16 +7274,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:51 -msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." +msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:430 msgid "Tips" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:93 -msgid "Odoo Point of Sale allows tipping with an Adyen terminal. To configure this option, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, enable the :ref:`Tips ` and the :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` settings, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "Odoo Point of Sale allows tipping with an Adyen terminal. To configure this option, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, enable the :ref:`Tips ` and the :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` settings, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:97 @@ -7821,7 +7497,7 @@ msgid "At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed on the IoT s msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Ingenico` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." +msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Ingenico` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:3 @@ -8158,7 +7834,7 @@ msgid "Write the server address as follows: `https://yourdomain.odoo.com/qfpay/n msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:36 -msgid "If the terminal's IP address changes, update it in the :ref:`Odoo POS settings ` and request a new self-signed certificate from QFPay." +msgid "If the terminal's IP address changes, update it in the :ref:`Odoo POS settings ` and request a new self-signed certificate from QFPay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:38 @@ -8275,7 +7951,7 @@ msgid "You can enable the :guilabel:`Razorpay Test Mode` field while testing or msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:52 -msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can enable it for your POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." +msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can enable it for your POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:56 @@ -8307,7 +7983,7 @@ msgid "Connect an IoT system: :doc:`A Raspberry Pi or a virtual IoT system (for msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:32 -msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create a payment method for SIX terminals <../../payment_methods>`." +msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create a payment method for SIX terminals <../../payment_methods>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:34 @@ -8373,7 +8049,7 @@ msgid "Once the payment method is created, it can be selected in the POS setting msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:62 -msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS' settings `." +msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS' settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 @@ -8737,7 +8413,7 @@ msgid "Worldline configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:21 -msgid "First, enable the Worldline payment terminal in the :ref:`POS settings ` under :guilabel:`Payment Terminals`. Then :doc:`connect the IoT system to Odoo ` and follow these steps on the terminal:" +msgid "First, enable the Worldline payment terminal in the :ref:`POS settings ` under :guilabel:`Payment Terminals`. Then :doc:`connect the IoT system to Odoo ` and follow these steps on the terminal:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:25 @@ -8819,184 +8495,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To prevent connection loss, set a fixed IP address on the IoT Box’s router or :ref:`restart the virtual IoT server `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Use your POS system to engage with customers directly by sending them promotional offers via email or WhatsApp." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:9 -msgid "Storing contact details" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:11 -msgid "This feature requires your customer's contact details, either their email address or phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:13 -msgid "**Email addresses**: automatically collected and saved in POS orders when sending a receipt by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:15 -msgid "**Phone numbers**: to store phone numbers when sending receipts on WhatsApp or by SMS," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:17 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:19 -msgid "Activate the :guilabel:`WhatsApp Enabled` or :guilabel:`SMS Enabled` option(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None -msgid "setting to enable to store phone numbers when sending receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:24 -msgid "If a customer’s contact information is missing, it will be automatically saved in POS orders when the receipt is sent via email, SMS, or WhatsApp." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:28 -msgid "From a POS order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Contact Info` category under the :guilabel:`Extra Info` tab, then click the email icon or whatsapp icon to send standalone marketing messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:0 -msgid "pos orders form's standalone marketing message option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:36 -msgid "Email marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:38 -msgid "To send marketing emails to your customers from POS orders," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:101 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Select the orders;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:42 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`Send Email` from the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:44 -msgid "Doing so opens an email composing form. Fill it in and hit :guilabel:`Send`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None -msgid "mail composer view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:51 -msgid "Save some time by saving your content as a template. Click the vertical ellipsis button and select your template under the :guilabel:`Insert Template` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:53 -msgid "You can also save your content as template for later use. Click the vertical ellipsis button and select :guilabel:`Save as Template`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:57 -msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Mass Mailing Name` field to create a mass mailing and track its results in the :doc:`Email Marketing app <../../marketing/email_marketing>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:59 -msgid "If an email address is not related to an existing customer, a new customer is automatically created when sending marketing emails." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`Use the email marketing app for more advanced marketing features <../../marketing/email_marketing>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:67 -msgid "Whatsapp marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:74 -msgid "You first need to enable the related server action to send WhatsApp marketing messages from your POS using the phone numbers collected from POS orders. To do so," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:77 -msgid "Go to the WhatsApp application;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:78 -msgid "Create a new :ref:`WhatsApp template `;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:79 -msgid "Configure the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applies to` field set to :guilabel:`Point of Sale Orders`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:82 -msgid ":guilabel:`Category` field to :guilabel:`Marketing`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:83 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone Field` to either :guilabel:`Mobile` or :guilabel:`Customer > Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:84 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit for Approval`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:85 -msgid "Once approved, click the :guilabel:`Allow Multi` button to create a server action in the POS orders list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None -msgid "approved and configured for marketing uses whatsapp template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:92 -msgid "If you modify the template's content, you must request for approval again, as its status returns to the :guilabel:`Draft` state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`WhatsApp configuration <../../productivity/whatsapp>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:99 -msgid "Send WhatsApp marketing messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:103 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`WhatsApp Message` from the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:105 -msgid "Doing so opens a WhatsApp message composing form. Select the desired marketing template in the :guilabel:`Template` field and hit :guilabel:`Send Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None -msgid "whatsapp composer view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:112 -msgid "To use WhatsApp marketing in the Point of Sale, approved marketing templates must have the :guilabel:`Allow Multi` option enabled and :guilabel:`Point of Sale Orders` selected in the :guilabel:`Applies to` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:115 -msgid "If the server action is displayed without a properly configured template, an error message appears. Click :guilabel:`Configure Templates` and complete the :ref:`WhatsApp setup ` steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" @@ -9006,7 +8504,7 @@ msgid "Odoo Point of Sale supports integration with a variety of hardware, inclu msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:16 -msgid "The **customer display** feature provides real-time updates on a secondary screen for customers during the checkout process. This screen shows the :ref:`items in the cart `, the subtotal as items are added, and details throughout the payment process. It also displays the total amount, the selected :doc:`payment method `, and any change to be returned." +msgid "The **customer display** feature provides real-time updates on a secondary screen for customers during the checkout process. This screen shows the :ref:`items in the cart `, the subtotal as items are added, and details throughout the payment process. It also displays the total amount, the selected :doc:`payment method `, and any change to be returned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:None @@ -9022,198 +8520,198 @@ msgid "Depending on the POS setup, the feature can be displayed directly on a se msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:37 -msgid "The feature is activated by default, but its background image can still be configured. To do so, navigate to the :ref:`POS settings ` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Upload your file` to set a background image." +msgid "The feature is activated by default, but its background image can still be configured. To do so, navigate to the :ref:`POS settings ` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Upload your file` to set a background image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:41 msgid "For displays connected using an :doc:`IoT system <../../general/iot>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:44 -msgid "Navigate to the :ref:`POS settings `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:43 +msgid "Navigate to the :ref:`POS settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:44 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`IoT Box` option to activate the IoT system in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:45 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`, which activates the IoT app in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`Connect and configure an IoT system <../../general/iot/connect>` for a :doc:`display <../../general/iot/devices/screen>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:49 -msgid "Return to the :ref:`POS settings ` and select an IoT-connected screen using the :guilabel:`Customer Display` field." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:48 +msgid "Return to the :ref:`POS settings ` and select an IoT-connected screen using the :guilabel:`Customer Display` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:52 msgid "Opening the customer display" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:54 msgid "To open the customer display, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:166 +msgid ":ref:`Access the POS register `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:167 -msgid ":ref:`Open the POS register `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:77 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:58 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-desktop` (:guilabel:`Customer Display`) icon, which opens the customer display either in a new window to drag onto the second screen or directly onto the IoT-connected screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:63 msgid "For IoT-connected screens, both devices need to be connected to the same local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`configuration/pos_iot`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../general/iot`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:69 msgid "For POS terminals running the `Odoo `_ Android app with dual-screen support, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:73 msgid ":doc:`Activate the Point of Sale Mobile module <../../general/apps_modules>` to enable the customer display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:77 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-desktop` (:guilabel:`Customer Display`) icon, which opens the customer display on the terminal's secondary screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:86 msgid "In EU member states, `certification is legally required `_ to use a scale as an integrated device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:91 msgid "Prerequisite" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:93 msgid "Connecting a scale requires the use of an **IoT System**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../general/iot/connect`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../../general/iot/devices/scale`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:103 msgid "Scale connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:106 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section and enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:107 msgid "Select the scale in the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:111 msgid "Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Dropdown menu`) icon on a POS card and click :guilabel:`Edit` to access this setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:37 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:117 msgid "In order to weigh products using an integrated scale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`, create a product or open an existing product form, and configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:121 msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` checkbox is activated for the product to be available in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:123 msgid "On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, define a :guilabel:`Sales Price` per :guilabel:`kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:126 msgid "This step requires to enable the :doc:`Units of Measure <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom>` feature. To activate it:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:129 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:130 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Products` section and activate :guilabel:`Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:131 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` tab and activate :guilabel:`To Weigh With Scale`. This enables the product to be weighed directly on the connected scale at the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:135 msgid "The selected unit of measure for weighable products must be :guilabel:`kg` to ensure compliance with **European regulations**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:142 msgid "European regulations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:144 msgid "When using scales in commercial transactions, the database integrated with a scale must be configured to meet specific European requirements. This includes supporting at least three decimal places for accuracy and using proper rounding for units of measure, such as `kg` instead of generic `units`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:149 msgid "If the database is not compliant, a red :icon:`fa-balance-scale` (:guilabel:`scale`) icon displays as a warning. Click this icon to view the reasons for non-compliance and then select :guilabel:`Apply changes` to automatically apply the necessary changes to the settings. Once the database meets all regulatory requirements, the :icon:`fa-balance-scale` (:guilabel:`scale`) icon turns green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:158 msgid "Additional guidelines" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:160 msgid "Both the :ref:`customer ` and POS displays must have a minimum diagonal size of 6 inches. For optimal readability, larger screens are recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:164 msgid "Using a scale in PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:168 -msgid "Select the product to weigh on the order screen or scan its barcode." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:167 +msgid "Select the product to weigh in the POS register or scan its barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:168 msgid "Place the product on the scale and wait for the weight to be displayed in the popup window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:169 msgid "Once the weight is determined, the price is automatically computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:170 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Order` :icon:`fa-angle-double-right` to add the product to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:171 msgid "Remove the previous product from the scale." msgstr "" @@ -9221,7 +8719,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "weighing window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:178 msgid "Make sure the scale returns to `zero` before weighing a new product. If it does not, the :guilabel:`Order` :icon:`fa-angle-double-right` button remains unclickable until it is reset." msgstr "" @@ -9266,6 +8764,7 @@ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparation Display`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:128 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" @@ -9531,7 +9030,7 @@ msgid "Apply a discount on a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgid "From the POS register, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None @@ -9951,7 +9450,7 @@ msgid "Use fiscal positions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 -msgid "Open a :ref:`POS session ` to use one of the allowed fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen fiscal position's regulations." +msgid "Open the :ref:`POS register ` to use one of the allowed fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen fiscal position's regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 @@ -10004,7 +9503,7 @@ msgid "Pricelists allow you to adjust product prices depending on various criter msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:14 -msgid "Navigate to the :ref:`general POS app settings ` and ensure :guilabel:`Flexible Pricelists` are enabled under the :guilabel:`Pricing` section." +msgid "Navigate to the :ref:`general POS app settings ` and ensure :guilabel:`Flexible Pricelists` are enabled under the :guilabel:`Pricing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 @@ -10136,11 +9635,11 @@ msgid "Select pricelists" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:109 -msgid "Go to the :ref:`specific POS settings ` and add all the available pricelists in the :guilabel:`Available` field. Then, set its **default pricelist** in the :guilabel:`Default` field." +msgid "Go to the :ref:`specific POS settings ` and add all the available pricelists in the :guilabel:`Available` field, and set its **default pricelist** in the :guilabel:`Default` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:113 -msgid "When you :ref:`open a POS session `, click the **pricelists** button, and select the desired pricelist from the list." +msgid "Then, :ref:`access the POS register `, click the **pricelists** button, and select the desired pricelist from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:None @@ -10156,7 +9655,7 @@ msgid "If a pricelist is selected on a POS order while its conditions are **not* msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:125 -msgid "You can also set a pricelist to be selected automatically once a specific :ref:`customer is set `. To do so, go to the customer form and switch to the preferred pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field of the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." +msgid "You can also set a pricelist to be selected automatically once a specific :ref:`customer is set `. To do so, go to the customer form and switch to the preferred pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field of the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:130 @@ -10167,132 +9666,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`How to use pricelists in an ecommerce environment `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 -msgid "Receipts and invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:5 +msgid "Products can be created from the backend or the POS interface. To manage products from the backend, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a product, or open an existing one to edit it. Update the fields as needed and ensure the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` checkbox is enabled at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 -msgid "Receipts" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:10 +msgid "To create products from the POS interface, access the POS register, click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon, then :guilabel:`Create Product`. Enter the product details in the pop-up window and click :guilabel:`Save`. The product is immediately available in the register." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 -msgid "Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:14 +msgid "To update an existing product from the POS register, long-click a product to open the information pop-up, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Change the necessary product details and click :guilabel:`Save` to return to the POS register." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 -msgid "To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header & Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the receipts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:19 +msgid "POS product categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 -msgid "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:21 +msgid "POS product categories are used to organize products in the POS register." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None -msgid "POS receipt" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:23 +msgid "To manage POS categories, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:22 -msgid ":ref:`pos/restaurant/bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:25 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS Product Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:23 -msgid ":doc:`configuration/epos_printers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:26 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a category or click an existing one to update it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:27 +msgid "Classify and build a hierarchy between categories: Associate a category with a parent category by filling in the :guilabel:`Parent Category` field. A parent category groups one or more child categories (e.g., use `Drinks` to group `Hot beverages` and `Soft drinks`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:28 -msgid "From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:31 +msgid "Once POS product categories are created, assign them to specific products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None -msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:33 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:36 -msgid "You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:34 +msgid "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` tab and fill in the :guilabel:`Category` field with one or multiple POS categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:44 -msgid "Point of Sale allows you to issue and print invoices for :ref:`registered customers ` upon payment and retrieve all past invoiced orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:48 -msgid "An invoice created in a POS creates an entry into the corresponding :ref:`accounting journal `, previously :ref:`set up `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:56 -msgid "To define what journals will be used for a specific POS, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and scroll down to the accounting section. Then, you can determine the accounting journals used by default for orders and invoices in the :guilabel:`Default Journals` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None -msgid "accounting section in the POS settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:65 -msgid "Invoice a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:67 -msgid "Upon processing a payment, click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to issue an invoice for that order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:70 -msgid "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:74 -msgid "To be able to issue an invoice, a :ref:`customer ` must be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:77 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:79 -msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81 -msgid "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:83 -msgid "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None -msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:90 -msgid "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in the :guilabel:`Status` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:92 -msgid "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:96 -msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:98 -msgid "Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to :guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None -msgid "order status change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:107 -msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on ticket`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/products.rst:37 +msgid "To limit the categories displayed on the POS register, navigate to the :ref:`POS settings ` and select the relevant categories in the :guilabel:`Restrict Categories` field under the :guilabel:`Product & PoS categories` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 @@ -10311,6 +9734,74 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter or group depending on your needs." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:18 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "Once you :ref:`close the POS register `, access the comprehensive report to review all session activities, including who initiated the session (i.e., :ref:`opened the register `) and who handled specific orders. To access the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:24 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon on the POS card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:25 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Sessions` under the :guilabel:`View` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:26 +msgid "From that list view, you can see all the sessions and who initiated them under the :guilabel:`Opened By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:28 +msgid "Select a session to open a detailed session report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:29 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Orders` smart button to display a list of all orders placed during that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:31 +msgid "From that view, you can retrieve the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:33 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Order Ref`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:34 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` of the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:35 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Point of Sale` where that order was made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Receipt Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:37 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:38 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Employee` that placed this order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:39 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Total` paid amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:40 +msgid "The order :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:42 +msgid "To get an overview of all orders for a specific POS, regardless of the session, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) button on the POS card and select :guilabel:`Orders` from the :guilabel:`View` section." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 msgid "Restaurant features" msgstr "" @@ -10360,46 +9851,46 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Orders`: Access the overview of all orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:23 -msgid "To configure restaurant-specific settings, the :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant` setting under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section must be enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `." +msgid "To configure restaurant-specific settings, the :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant` setting under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section must be enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:28 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Booking` is enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `, a :ref:`Booking ` button appears on the main interface for viewing and managing bookings." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:27 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Booking` is enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `, a :ref:`Booking ` button appears on the main interface for viewing and managing bookings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:34 msgid "Default start screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:37 -msgid "To define the point of sale's default start screen, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section, and set the :guilabel:`Default Screen` setting to :guilabel:`Tables` (i.e., :ref:`Floor plan ` view) or :ref:`Register `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:36 +msgid "To define the point of sale's default start screen, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section, and set the :guilabel:`Default Screen` setting to :guilabel:`Tables` (i.e., :ref:`Floor plan ` view) or :ref:`Register `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:44 msgid "Floors and tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:46 msgid "The :guilabel:`Floor plan` view allows for managing restaurant floors and tables and monitoring table status in real time (occupancy, reservations, kitchen orders) using the following action buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:50 msgid ":icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`New Order`: :ref:`Create a direct sales order ` that is not linked to any table. Take the order, click :guilabel:`Set Table` to assign it to an existing table, or click :guilabel:`Set Tab` to record the open order's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:54 msgid "Buttons for navigating between :ref:`configured floors ` (e.g., :guilabel:`Main Floor/Patio`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:56 msgid ":icon:`fa-hashtag` (:guilabel:`Table Selector`): Enter an existing table number and click :guilabel:`Jump` to access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:60 msgid "Selecting a table on the :guilabel:`Floor plan` view or accessing it through the :guilabel:`Table Selector` automatically confirms the table's occupancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:62 msgid "To order free physical QR codes adapted to the floor plan, activate the :doc:`QR menu ` setting, then click :icon:`fa-qrcode` :guilabel:`Get QR Codes` in the :guilabel:`Floor plan` view. This `offer `_ is available worldwide and for all subscription types." msgstr "" @@ -10407,580 +9898,580 @@ msgstr "" msgid "example of a floor plan view with visual keys to understand it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:73 msgid "Table 101: The table is currently available but booked for 15:00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:74 msgid "Table 102: The table is booked, and an order is sent to the kitchen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:75 msgid "Table 103: The 12:00 table is running late." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:76 msgid "Table 104: The table has a pending order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:77 msgid "Table 105: The table is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:82 msgid "Creating floors and tables allows for managing table selection and :ref:`orders `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:88 msgid "From the POS backend" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:90 msgid "To create floors and tables from the backend, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Floor Plans`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Follow the next steps to configure the :guilabel:`Floor plan`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:94 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Floor Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:95 msgid "Select the related :guilabel:`Point of Sales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:96 msgid "Optionally, hover the mouse over the placeholder image and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`Edit`) icon to add a background image to the restaurant layout." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:98 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to create and configure a table:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:100 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Table Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:101 msgid "Fill in the number of :guilabel:`Seats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:102 msgid "Set the table's :guilabel:`Shape`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Optionally, activate additional settings by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` (:guilabel:`settings`) icon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:106 msgid "Adjust the :guilabel:`Height`, :guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Color`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:107 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Active` checkbox to make a table available or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:111 msgid "Enable the :ref:`Booking ` setting to assign an :guilabel:`Appointment resource` and make a table bookable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:113 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon to delete a table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:117 -msgid "To create a :guilabel:`Floor plan` quickly, go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of the :ref:`POS settings `. Under :guilabel:`Floors & Tables Map`, type the floor name in the :guilabel:`Floors` field, and press `Enter`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "To create a :guilabel:`Floor plan` quickly, go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of the :ref:`POS settings `. Under :guilabel:`Floors & Tables Map`, type the floor name in the :guilabel:`Floors` field, and press `Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:123 msgid "From the POS frontend" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:126 -msgid "To create floors and tables from the frontend, :ref:`open the POS register `, click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon in the top right corner of the :guilabel:`Floor plan` view, then :guilabel:`Edit Plan`. To configure the :guilabel:`Floor plan`, follow the next steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:125 +msgid "To create floors and tables from the frontend, :ref:`open the POS register `, click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon in the top right corner of the :guilabel:`Floor plan` view, then :guilabel:`Edit Plan`. To configure the :guilabel:`Floor plan`, follow the next steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:130 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`Add Floor`) icon to add a floor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:131 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Floor name` and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:132 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-paint-brush` (:guilabel:`Change Floor Background`) icon to select a background color, or click :icon:`fa-camera` :guilabel:`File` to upload an image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:134 msgid "Optionally, click the :icon:`fa-pencil-square-o` (:guilabel:`Rename`) icon to rename the :guilabel:`Floor plan`, the :icon:`fa-files-o` (:guilabel:`Clone`) icon to create a copy, or the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`Delete`) icon to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:137 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-plus-circle` :guilabel:`Table` to add a new table. To edit a table, select it and click one of the following icons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:140 msgid ":icon:`fa-user` (:guilabel:`Seats`): Add or change the number of seats." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:141 msgid ":icon:`fa-square-o` (:guilabel:`Square`) or :icon:`fa-circle-o` (:guilabel:`Round`): Change the table's shape." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:143 msgid ":icon:`fa-paint-brush` (:guilabel:`Change Floor Background`): Change the table's color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:144 msgid ":icon:`fa-pencil-square-o` (:guilabel:`Rename`): Change the table number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:145 msgid ":icon:`fa-copy` (:guilabel:`Clone`): Clone the table's attributes using the following table number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:147 msgid ":icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`Delete`): Remove the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:151 msgid "Removing a table or a floor is permanent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:156 msgid "Booking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:158 msgid "The :guilabel:`Booking` setting allows for creating and managing reservations for a designated point of sale directly from the POS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:162 msgid "Enabling the :guilabel:`Booking` setting automatically installs the :doc:`Appointments ` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:168 msgid "Booking configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:170 msgid "To enable and configure the bookings, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:173 -msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section, and enable :guilabel:`Booking`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:172 +msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section, and enable :guilabel:`Booking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:174 msgid "Enter a name in the :guilabel:`Appointment type` field and click :guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:175 msgid "Configure the :ref:`Appointment type ` form and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:176 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` in the POS settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:179 msgid "To ensure that only existing resources can be booked for a specific point of sale, set the :guilabel:`Book` field to :guilabel:`Resources` in the :guilabel:`Appointment type` form and select tables. Then, enable :guilabel:`Manage Capacities` to define the maximum amount each resource can handle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:185 msgid "To accommodate a booking that exceeds the capacity of a single table, click the :icon:`fa-cubes` (:guilabel:`Resources`) icon in the :guilabel:`Appointment Type` form, select a table, and add additional tables in the :guilabel:`Linked Resource` field to merge them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:190 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/appointments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:195 msgid "Booking management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:197 msgid "To manage table bookings from the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Booking`, then:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:199 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a booking. Add a name, the date and time, number of guests, phone number, duration, and :ref:`resources `, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:201 msgid "Click a booking to :guilabel:`Edit` or :guilabel:`Delete` it. Click a stage name (e.g., :guilabel:`Booked`, :guilabel:`Checked-In`, or :guilabel:`No Show`) or drag the booking card to move it to the relevant stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:206 msgid "To quickly edit a booking from the :ref:`Floor plan ` view, click the booking notification on the booked table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:212 msgid "Order management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:214 msgid "The POS register allows for :ref:`processing ` and :ref:`transferring ` orders, defining :ref:`presets `, and managing :ref:`courses `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:221 msgid "Order process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:223 msgid "To process an order from the POS register, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:225 msgid "Click products to add them to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:226 msgid "Define how the order is handled:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:228 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Set Table` to link the order to a table. Enter a table number and click :guilabel:`Assign`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:230 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Set Tab` to enter the open order's name and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:231 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Order` to validate the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:233 msgid "When ready, :ref:`process the order payment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:236 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Order` redirects to the :ref:`Floor plan ` view if :guilabel:`Tables` is selected as the :ref:`default start screen `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:240 msgid "To cancel an order, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :guilabel:`Cancel Order`. If an :ref:`order printer is configured `, a cancellation ticket is automatically printed for an order sent to the kitchen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:244 msgid "After selecting a table in the :ref:`Floor plan ` view, click :guilabel:`Release table` in the cart to cancel the table's occupancy. This action is available when the cart is empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:247 msgid ":ref:`Configure a printer ` to send an order to the kitchen printer when clicking :guilabel:`Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:253 msgid "Order transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:255 msgid "To transfer an order to another table from the :ref:`POS register `, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :guilabel:`Transfer/Merge`, and choose the target table in the :ref:`Floor plan ` view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:259 msgid "Select an available table to transfer customers and their orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:260 msgid "Select an occupied table to merge customers and their orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:265 msgid "Presets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:267 msgid "Presets are used to apply preconfigured settings to orders and determine whether an order is for :guilabel:`Dine In`, :guilabel:`Takeout`, or :guilabel:`Delivery`. They also control whether customer contact information is required and apply capacity limits based on opening hours and order quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:273 -msgid "To use preconfigured presets, go to the :ref:`POS settings ` and enable the :guilabel:`Take out / Delivery / Members` setting under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section. Set the :guilabel:`Default` field to the preferred preset, then save. From the :ref:`register `, select the relevant preset, and :ref:`process the order `:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:272 +msgid "To use preconfigured presets, go to the :ref:`POS settings ` and enable the :guilabel:`Take out / Delivery / Members` setting under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section. Set the :guilabel:`Default` field to the preferred preset, then save. From the :ref:`register `, select the relevant preset, and :ref:`process the order `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:278 msgid ":guilabel:`Dine In`: Assign a :ref:`table or open a tab `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:279 msgid ":guilabel:`Takeout`: Enter the order's name and click :guilabel:`Apply`, then select a date and a time slot." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:281 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery`: Select an existing customer, or click :guilabel:`Create` to add one. Then, select a time slot." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:285 msgid "Click the preset button to switch to another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:362 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:294 msgid "Courses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:296 msgid "The :guilabel:`Course` button allows for splitting orders into multiple courses, sending each course to the kitchen sequentially." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:299 msgid "To split an order into courses from the :ref:`register `, click :guilabel:`Course` and add products. Repeat the action as many times as needed, then click :guilabel:`Order` to send the order to the kitchen, which also fires the first course." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:303 msgid "When ready for the second course, retrieve the order from the :ref:`Floor plan ` view or the :guilabel:`Orders` overview, and click :guilabel:`Fire Course 2`. Repeat the action as many times as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:308 msgid "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Course` as often as needed to display the desired number of courses in the cart. Then, click each course, add products, and click :guilabel:`Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:310 msgid "To transfer a product or an entire course into another course, select it in the cart, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :icon:`fa-arrow-down` :guilabel:`Transfer course`, and select the preferred course." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:317 msgid "Order printing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:320 -msgid "To enable sending orders to a kitchen or a bar printer, :doc:`connect a printer ` to Odoo, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, and follow these steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:319 +msgid "To enable sending orders to a kitchen or a bar printer, :doc:`connect a printer ` to Odoo, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, and follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:323 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section and enable the :guilabel:`Preparation Printers` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:325 msgid "Type the printer's name in the :guilabel:`Printers` field and click :guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:326 msgid "On the printer setup form, select the :guilabel:`Printer Type`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:328 msgid "If the printer is connected to an :doc:`IoT system `, select :guilabel:`Use a printer connected to the IoT`, and choose the relevant :doc:`device `. This process requires the IoT app and an IoT system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:332 msgid "If using an :doc:`Epson printer that does not require an IoT system connection `, select :guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the :guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:335 msgid "Define the product categories to be printed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Printed Product Categories` field and selecting the preferred category from the popover." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:340 -msgid "In the :ref:`POS settings `, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:339 +msgid "In the :ref:`POS settings `, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:341 msgid "The printer is then connected to the point of sale and can print kitchen orders and order receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:344 msgid "Printing kitchen orders requires assigning a :guilabel:`PoS Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:345 msgid "To create a :guilabel:`Printed Product Category` on the :guilabel:`Add: Printed Product Categories` popover, click :guilabel:`New`. Enter a name, select a :guilabel:`Parent Category`, choose a :guilabel:`Color`, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`Edit`) icon to add an image, determine the product availability, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:352 -msgid "To access all preparation printers from the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section and click :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Printers`. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparations Printers`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:351 +msgid "To access all preparation printers from the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section and click :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Printers`. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparations Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:354 msgid "After :ref:`processing an order `, click the :icon:`fa-cutlery` (:guilabel:`order`) icon in the :ref:`POS register ` next to :guilabel:`Payment` to reprint a duplicate of the last kitchen order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:359 msgid ":doc:`Connect an IoT system to a POS `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:360 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/devices/printer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:361 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/connect`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:367 msgid "Bills and payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:372 msgid "Bill splitting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:374 msgid "To allow bill splitting, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:377 msgid "To split a bill from the :ref:`POS register `, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:379 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:380 msgid "Select at least one product and perform one of the following actions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Payment`: Process the direct payment for the selected product(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:383 msgid ":guilabel:`Split Order`: Create a sub-order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:384 msgid ":guilabel:`Transfer`: Transfer one or all products to another table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:385 msgid "Process the :ref:`payment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:386 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`Continue` and repeat the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:389 msgid "Splitting a bill requires ordering at least two products and creates a sub-order, which must be paid before returning to the main order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:395 msgid "Order payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:397 msgid "To proceed with the order payment from the :ref:`POS register `, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:400 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:401 msgid "Select a :doc:`payment method `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:402 msgid "Optionally, select a customer and send an invoice to them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:404 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-user` :guilabel:`Customer` to select or create a customer account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:405 msgid "Enable :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` to allow sending an invoice to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:412 msgid "Receipt printing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:414 msgid "To allow receipt printing, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable :guilabel:`Early Receipt Printing` under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:417 msgid "After a successful :ref:`order payment `, click :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print Full Receipt` to generate and print a bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:421 msgid "If a printer is :doc:`configured and linked ` to a point of sale, the receipt is automatically printed upon payment confirmation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:427 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:425 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:437 -msgid "To allow tipping in a POS, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payment` section, enable :guilabel:`Tips`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:435 +msgid "To allow tipping in a POS, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payment` section, enable :guilabel:`Tips`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:439 msgid "The :guilabel:`Add tip after payment` setting only works for a POS in the United States of America with an :doc:`Adyen ` or a :doc:`Stripe ` :ref:`payment terminal `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:442 msgid "The :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` setting only works with an :ref:`Adyen ` terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:446 msgid "Saving the :guilabel:`Tips` setting automatically fills the :guilabel:`Tip product` field with the preconfigured :guilabel:`[TIPS] Tips` product, which is only used for tips. When selecting another product in the :guilabel:`Tip product` field, the chosen product is no longer available on the :ref:`POS register `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:450 msgid "Choose only one tip product per POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:455 msgid "Tip and payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:457 msgid "To process a tip during :ref:`payment `, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:459 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-heart` :guilabel:`Tip`, add the amount, then click :guilabel:`Ok`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:460 msgid "Select a :doc:`payment method ` for the order and the tip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:464 msgid "If the order and the tip are paid using different payment methods, select a :doc:`payment method ` for the order first. Then, select a payment method for the tip, click :icon:`fa-heart` :guilabel:`Tip`, add the tip amount, and click :guilabel:`Ok`. Finally, :guilabel:`Validate` the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:470 msgid "Tip after payment (US only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:474 -msgid "To allow tipping after payment for a POS in the United States of America, ensure the :guilabel:`Add tip after payment` setting is enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `. To process tips after payment, follow these steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:472 +msgid "To allow tipping after payment for a POS in the United States of America, ensure the :guilabel:`Add tip after payment` setting is enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `. To process tips after payment, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:476 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Payment` screen, select a :guilabel:`Card` payment method linked to a :doc:`Stripe ` or :doc:`Adyen ` terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:479 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Close Tab` and select the relevant option in the :guilabel:`Add a tip` screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:481 msgid ":guilabel:`15%`, :guilabel:`20%`, or :guilabel:`25%`: Tip rates based on order total." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:482 msgid ":guilabel:`No Tip`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:483 msgid ":guilabel:`Tip Amount`: Enter the relevant amount in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:484 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Settle` to validate." msgstr "" @@ -10997,7 +10488,7 @@ msgid "Feature activation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:14 -msgid "To enable this feature and select a self-ordering type, access the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Mobile self-order & Kiosk` section, and select a :guilabel:`Self Ordering` type under the :guilabel:`QR menu & Kiosk activation` section." +msgid "To enable this feature and select a self-ordering type, access the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Mobile self-order & Kiosk` section, and select a :guilabel:`Self Ordering` type under the :guilabel:`QR menu & Kiosk activation` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:18 @@ -11304,7 +10795,7 @@ msgid "Popup window to open the kiosk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:205 -msgid "Once a session is open, :guilabel:`Start Kiosk` switches to :guilabel:`Open Kiosk` on the POS card." +msgid "Once the register is open, :guilabel:`Start Kiosk` switches to :guilabel:`Open Kiosk` on the POS card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:207 @@ -11320,7 +10811,7 @@ msgid "kiosk end-screen for customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:222 -msgid "A POS session must be open for customers to place an order." +msgid "The POS register must be open for customers to place an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:223 @@ -11336,7 +10827,7 @@ msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session." +msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be used both to scan products or to log employees into the POS register." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12 @@ -11416,7 +10907,7 @@ msgid "Select a sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 -msgid "From the **Point of Sale** application, open a new session. Then, click on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and sales orders created on the sales application." +msgid "From the **Point of Sale** application, open the POS register. Then, click on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and sales orders created on the sales application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:None @@ -11533,7 +11024,7 @@ msgid "The **Ship Later** feature allows you to sell products and schedule deliv msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." +msgid ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:None @@ -11565,7 +11056,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_m msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Open a session ` and make a sale." +msgid ":ref:`Access the POS register ` and make a sale." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:35 @@ -11588,6 +11079,686 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The selected customer must have referenced an address in the system for products to be shipped." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:10 +msgid "Create a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:12 +msgid "If no point of sale exists yet in the database, a set of POS cards is displayed on the Point of Sale :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Each card represents a business type. Click a card to create a POS with preconfigured settings tailored to that type. These settings can be adjusted later as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:16 +msgid "To create additional POS or to create one from scratch, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sales` and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, configure the :ref:`POS settings ` to meet your specific business requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:21 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Configurations > Settings` to access more settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:24 +msgid "Assign a dedicated :doc:`cash payment method <../point_of_sale/payment_methods>` and :ref:`cash journal ` to each POS. This ensures that accounting entries are separated and traceable to specific points of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:31 +msgid "Access the POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:33 +msgid "To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dropdown menu and select the POS to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:None +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:40 +msgid "To configure basic settings, access the POS dashboard, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon on the relevant POS card, then select :guilabel:`Edit`. In the popup window, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT sytem. `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:51 +msgid "Open the POS register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:53 +msgid "Once the POS is fully :doc:`configured `, access the POS interface by opening the register. Navigate to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Dashboard` and:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:56 +msgid "On the relevant POS card, click :guilabel:`Open Register`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:57 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Opening Control` popup, ensure the :guilabel:`Opening cash` amount is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:58 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Open Register`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:61 +msgid "Once the register is open, :guilabel:`Open Register` is replaced by :guilabel:`Continue Selling` on the POS card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:63 +msgid "You can switch between :doc:`multiple users ` from an open POS register, provided :ref:`multi-employee management is enabled `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:66 +msgid "From the POS interface header:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:68 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Register` to access the register for daily POS actions such as :ref:`sales `, :ref:`refunds `, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:70 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Orders` to access the POS :ref:`orders ` overview screen and retrieve past or ongoing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:72 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-plus-circle` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to put the current order aside and start a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:74 +msgid "Click the order numbers to switch between ongoing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:75 +msgid "Search for products using the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:76 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-barcode` (:guilabel:`barcode`) icon to use a webcam as a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:77 +msgid "Click the user's avatar to switch between employees, provided :ref:`multi-employee management is enabled `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:79 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon to access more advanced options, such as :ref:`closing the register `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:85 +msgid "Sell products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:87 +msgid "The POS register can be divided into three sections: the cart, a pad to adjust cart items, apply discounts, set customers, etc., and the list of products. To make sales:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:90 +msgid "Click on products to add them to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:92 +msgid "To change the **quantity**, click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:94 +msgid "To add a **discount**, click :guilabel:`%` and enter the discount value using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:95 +msgid "To modify the product **price**, click :guilabel:`Price` and enter the new amount using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:97 +msgid "Once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:98 +msgid "Select the :doc:`payment method `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:99 +msgid "Enter the received amount, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:100 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:None +msgid "POS register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:106 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on the keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:107 +msgid "**Cash** is selected by default if no :doc:`payment method ` is manually selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:113 +msgid "Set customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:115 +msgid "Registering customers is necessary to :doc:`collect their loyalty points and grant them rewards `, automatically apply an :doc:`attributed pricelist `, or :ref:`generate and print invoices `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:119 +msgid "To create customers from :ref:`the POS register `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:121 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:123 +msgid "Complete the customer form information and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:125 +msgid "To create customers from the backend:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:127 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:129 +msgid "Fill in the customer form information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:131 +msgid "To assign a customer to an order, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the customer list on the POS register or the payment screen, and select the desired customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:135 +msgid "Creating a new customer from the POS register or the payment screen assigns them automatically to the current order upon saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:139 +msgid "Send marketing messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:141 +msgid "Customers' contact details, such as their phone number or email addresses, are stored automatically when sending :doc:`receipts ` by email, SMS or Whatsapp. They can then be used, for example, for :doc:`marketing <../../marketing>` purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:145 +msgid "To send marketing messages manually from the POS application, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`, open a POS order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Contact Info` category under the :guilabel:`Extra Info` tab, then click the :icon:`fa-envelope` (:guilabel:`email`) icon or :icon:`fa-whatsapp` (:guilabel:`whatsapp`) icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../marketing/email_marketing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`../../marketing/sms_marketing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:158 +msgid "Orders overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:160 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Orders` overview allows for viewing, searching, and retrieving orders from the POS interface. To access it, click :guilabel:`Orders` in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:163 +msgid "Then, search for orders in the search bar using their:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reference`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Receipt Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Channel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Order Status`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:172 +msgid "To filter orders based on their status, click the :guilabel:`Active` dropdown menu and select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Active`: Orders currently in progress. This includes orders marked as :guilabel:`Ongoing`, as well as those in the :guilabel:`Payment` or the :guilabel:`Receipt` stages (i.e., orders for which the receipt has been emailed to the customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:178 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paid`: Paid orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:180 +msgid "To navigate between pages, click the :icon:`fa-caret-left` or :icon:`fa-caret-right` (:guilabel:`caret`) icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:183 +msgid "To access an order in the register, click it, then click :guilabel:`Load Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:186 +msgid "Paid orders can be :ref:`refunded `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:189 +msgid "To define the number of orders visible on a page, click `1-x / x`. Enter a number lower than the total number of pages, and click :guilabel:`Ok`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:191 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon next to an :guilabel:`Active` order to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:193 +msgid "If using :ref:`presets `, click one to view the related orders. Click it again to return to the main overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:199 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:201 +msgid "To refund a returned product, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:203 +msgid ":ref:`Open or access the register ` from the POS dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:204 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) button, then :icon:`fa-undo` :guilabel:`Refund`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:208 +msgid "Alternatively, you can refund orders from the :ref:`orders overview ` screen. Access the list of orders and filter them by status to display only :guilabel:`Paid` orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:211 +msgid "Select the relevant order from the order list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:212 +msgid "Select the items and use the keypad to set the refund quantity, then click :guilabel:`Refund`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:213 +msgid "Choose how to handle the refund:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:215 +msgid "To reimburse the customer, select a payment method on the payment screen, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:217 +msgid "To issue a :ref:`gift card ` for the refund amount, click :guilabel:`Back`. A new order containing the returned items (with negative quantities) is created automatically. Then, add the gift card from the product list to the order; its value is set automatically to match the total refund amount. Click :guilabel:`Payment`, then :guilabel:`Validate` the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:224 +msgid "You cannot add other products to the cart until the refund has been validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:225 +msgid "Alternatively, refunds can be processed by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:227 +msgid "Selecting the returned product(s) from the POS register and setting a negative quantity equal to the number of returned items. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, and update the quantity accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:230 +msgid "Selecting the returned product(s) from the POS register and a :ref:`preset ` set up for the return mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:232 +msgid "Accessing the POS dashboard, navigating to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`, selecting an order, and clicking :guilabel:`Return Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:235 +msgid "Once the return is validated, a corresponding credit note is generated, referencing the original :doc:`receipt ` or :doc:`invoice `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:244 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:246 +msgid "Notes allow you to attach extra information to specific products in an order. There are two types of notes: internal notes and customer notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:250 +msgid "Internal notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:252 +msgid "Internal notes provide information meant for staff (e.g., `no tomato` for the kitchen). These notes do not appear on the customer’s receipt. To add a note to an order, ensure no item is selected and click :guilabel:`Note`. Likewise, to add a note to one specific item, select it from the cart and click :guilabel:`Note`. Then, add or modify the note's content in the popup that opens:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:257 +msgid "Type the note directly into the window, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:258 +msgid "Use a configured note model to save time if the same content is frequently used. Click on the desired note model to insert its text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:261 +msgid "To create or edit note models, navigate to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Note Models`, click :guilabel:`New` or the relevant note model, then complete or edit the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:266 +msgid "Customer notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:268 +msgid "Notes for customers appear on :doc:`receipts ` and :doc:`invoices `. They can be used, for example, to provide warranty details for a high-value item or specific care instructions, such as `Dry clean only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:272 +msgid "To add a **customer note** from the :ref:`POS register ` to a specific item, select a product from the cart and click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) button. Click :guilabel:`Customer Note`, then add the note's content in the popup window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:277 +msgid "If no item is selected, the note applies for the whole order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:278 +msgid "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` are displayed identically in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:None +msgid "Customer note button and notes (SO and POS register) on products in the cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:287 +msgid "Manage the cash register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:289 +msgid "Odoo POS allows you to determine which coins and bills are accepted. To set up the allowed coins and bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:292 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Coins/Bills`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:293 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to add a new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:294 +msgid "Select the POS where this value is available in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` column or leave the field empty to make it available for all POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:297 +msgid "To record a cash in or cash out transaction not associated with a sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:299 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon on the POS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:300 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Cash In/Out`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:301 +msgid "In the popup that opens, select :guilabel:`Cash In` or :guilabel:`Cash Out`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:302 +msgid "Enter the amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:303 +msgid "Specify the reason for the addition or removal of cash, and :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:306 +msgid "Only employees with :ref:`basic or advanced access rights ` are allowed to perform cash in/out actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:312 +msgid "Close the POS register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:314 +msgid "To close the POS register, click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon, then :guilabel:`Close Register`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:317 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Closing Register` pop-up that opens, you can view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:319 +msgid "The number of orders and the total amount made during the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:320 +msgid "The expected amounts grouped by payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:322 +msgid "Click :icon:`fa-money` (:guilabel:`money`) to specify the number of each coin and bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:323 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the previous pop-up window. The computed amount is set in the :guilabel:`Cash Count` field, and the :guilabel:`Closing Details` are specified in the :guilabel:`Closing Note` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:326 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Close Register` to close the register and post accounting entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:329 +msgid "Click :icon:`fa-clone` (:guilabel:`clone`) to automatically fill in the field with the expected cash amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:333 +msgid "When the money counted does **not** match the expected amount, a :guilabel:`Payments Difference` window automatically pops up. Selecting :guilabel:`Proceed Anyway` validates the session and automatically posts the discrepancy to the designated cash difference journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:336 +msgid "Closing the register of a :doc:`restaurant ` POS when orders are still in draft and not scheduled for later is not allowed and opens a pop-up window on which you can either :guilabel:`Review Orders` or :guilabel:`Cancel Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:339 +msgid "It is strongly advised to close the POS register at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:342 +msgid ":doc:`shop`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use.rst:343 +msgid ":doc:`restaurant`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:7 +msgid "Point of Sale allows you to issue and print invoices for :ref:`registered customers ` upon payment and retrieve all past invoiced orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:11 +msgid "An invoice created in a POS creates an entry into the corresponding :ref:`accounting journal ` :ref:`configured in the POS settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:20 +msgid "To define the default journals for a specific POS, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and select the appropriate journals for :guilabel:`Orders` and :guilabel:`Invoices` under :guilabel:`Default Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:None +msgid "accounting section in the POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:29 +msgid "Specific journals can also be defined for each :doc:`payment method <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:34 +msgid "To invoice a customer, first make sure a :ref:`customer is set ` for the order. Then, upon :ref:`processing the payment `, click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to issue an invoice for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:38 +msgid "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The invoice is automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:42 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:44 +msgid "To retrieve the invoice of a POS order, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:46 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:47 +msgid "Click the relevant invoiced order in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:48 +msgid "On the order form, click the :guilabel:`Invoice` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:51 +msgid "Invoiced orders have the :guilabel:`Fully Invoiced` :guilabel:`Invoice Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:52 +msgid "You can filter the list of orders to only display invoiced orders in the list: click the search bar and select the :guilabel:`Invoiced` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:56 +msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:58 +msgid "Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the QR code printed on their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. The invoice is then generated and available for download and the order's status is updated to :guilabel:`Fully invoiced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/pos_invoices.rst:63 +msgid "To use this feature, enable QR codes on receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section, and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:8 +msgid "POS receipts display the following elements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "The company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:11 +msgid "The receipt and order number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "The customizable header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:13 +msgid "The name of the cashier and the customer (provided a customer was :ref:`set for the order `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "The complete order, discounts, prices, and used payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Optionally, a QR code or URL link for customers to generate :doc:`invoices `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:22 +msgid "To set up POS receipts, navigate to the :ref:`POS settings ` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:25 +msgid "To customize the header and footer, activate the :guilabel:`Header & Footer` setting and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:27 +msgid "To print receipts automatically once a payment is registered, enable the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:29 +msgid "To print receipts that don't display product prices, enable the :guilabel:`Basic Receipt` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "Receipts can be sent by email by default, but also by SMS or through WhatsApp. To do so, activate the :guilabel:`SMS Enabled` or :guilabel:`WhatsApp Enabled` option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:34 +msgid "The :guilabel:`WhatsApp Enabled` setting is only available if the :guilabel:`WhatsApp Messaging` module is :ref:`installed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:38 +msgid ":ref:`pos/restaurant/bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`pos_invoices`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_printers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:43 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:45 +msgid "To reprint a receipt, navigate to the :ref:`POS interface `, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/use/receipts.rst:51 +msgid "Filter the list of orders using the search bar: type in your reference and select :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 msgid "Rental" msgstr "" @@ -12782,6 +12953,7 @@ msgid "The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:12 msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" @@ -12819,6 +12991,7 @@ msgid "Synchronize (Odoo to Amazon) all available quantities of your products (F msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:24 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" @@ -12836,10 +13009,12 @@ msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:39 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:41 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" @@ -12852,6 +13027,7 @@ msgid "Synchronize unshipped and cancelled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:44 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" @@ -12885,6 +13061,7 @@ msgid "Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:51 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" @@ -12897,6 +13074,7 @@ msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:56 msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" msgstr "" @@ -13003,12 +13181,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/manage.rst:199 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/setup.rst:232 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -13232,6 +13414,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:148 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -14778,128 +14962,636 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To complete the invoicing process, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the invoice, and then click :guilabel:`Register Payment` in the :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector.rst:5 +msgid "Lazada Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Lazada Connector Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "The **Lazada Connector** synchronizes orders, products, and inventory between Lazada and Odoo, streamlining your operations across Southeast Asia's marketplaces. It reduces manual data entry between systems and enhances order management, enabling efficient tracking of Lazada sales within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The **Lazada Connector** is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "Synchronize (Lazada to Odoo) all confirmed orders (:abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)`) with status :guilabel:`READY_TO_SHIP` or :guilabel:`PROCESSED`, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:18 +msgid "Product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:19 +msgid "SKU reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:20 +msgid "Quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:21 +msgid "Synchronize (Odoo to Lazada) all available product quantities (:abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Synchronize the Lazada product catalog into Odoo or map existing Odoo products to Lazada SKUs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Synchronize platform fees (e.g., commissions, transaction fees) to the order receipt in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Arrange package pickups with supported logistics providers directly in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Support multiple Lazada marketplaces (shops) per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Enable configuration of specific warehouses for stock fetching (:abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:36 +msgid "The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the Lazada Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:39 +msgid "Fulfilled By Lazada (FBL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Synchronize completed orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Synchronize all confirmed and unshipped orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:44 +msgid "Shipping cost is computed by Lazada, and included in the synchronized order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:44 +msgid "Shipping cost is computed by Lazada and included in the synchronized orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "Shipping done by Lazada." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:51 +msgid "Managed by Lazada, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:51 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Lazada." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:56 +msgid "Handled by Lazada." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:56 +msgid "Delivery information are fetched from Lazada,and synchronized in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:62 +msgid "The **Lazada Connector** is designed to synchronize sales orders, inventory, and fee data. Other actions, such as downloading monthly fee reports, handling disputes, or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Lazada Seller Center*, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:67 +msgid "Lazada supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "**Southeast Asia region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:38 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Lazada.co.id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:48 +msgid "Malaysia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Lazada.com.my" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:46 +msgid "Philippines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Lazada.com.ph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:50 +msgid "Singapore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "Lazada.sg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:44 +msgid "Thailand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Lazada.co.th" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:42 +msgid "Vietnam" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Lazada.vn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Lazada Order Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:5 +msgid "This guide explains how to manage Lazada orders, inventory, deliveries, and sales reporting within Odoo using the **Lazada Connector**. It covers product catalog mapping, order synchronization, delivery processes, platform fee handling, and sales analysis to streamline your marketplace operations in Southeast Asia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "Product Catalog Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "New Odoo Customers with No Existing Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:16 +msgid "If you are starting a new Odoo database and your products exist only on Lazada, you can import your Lazada product catalog into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "1. Export Lazada Catalog: In `Lazada Seller Center `, use the :guilabel:`Bulk Manage` drop-down to export your product catalog, including Lazada SKUs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:25 +msgid "Import into Odoo: Import the exported catalog into Odoo via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Import`. Map the Lazada SKU to the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field in Odoo to link your Lazada and Odoo products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "Existing Odoo Customers with Products Already in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:32 +msgid "If you have an existing product catalog in Odoo, map your Lazada listings to these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Sync Product Catalogue` button in Odoo to automatically match active Lazada products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "Product catalog synchronization is an automated process initiated from the synchromization. Ensure accurate SKU mapping to avoid duplication errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "Order Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:45 +msgid "Orders are automatically fetched from Lazada and synchronized in Odoo at regular intervals (every 60 minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "Synchronization Scope: Only orders with status :guilabel:`READY_TO_SHIP` or :guilabel:`PROCESSED` are fetched, as these require shipping action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "Status Updates: When an order is canceled on Lazada, its status updates in Odoo. However, canceling an order in Odoo does not reflect on Lazada." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Creation: For each synchronized order, Odoo creates a sales order and a customer (contact) if the customer hasn't been previously imported or doesn't exist in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:56 +msgid "Only orders requiring shipment are synchronized. Orders with statuses :guilabel:`SHIPPED`, :guilabel:`CANCEL`, :guilabel:`UNPAID`, or :guilabel:`COMPLETED` are excluded during synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "Force Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "To synchronize an order whose status hasn't changed since the last synchronization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Lazada --> Shops`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Select the Lazada Shop and modify the :guilabel:`Last Order Sync` date under :guilabel:`Synchronization Information` to a date prior to the order's last status change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "Save to trigger synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:71 +msgid "In Debug Mode, access the Lazada account in Odoo and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders` to immediately synchronize orders or :guilabel:`Sync Inventory` for inventory updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:75 +msgid "Manage Deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:77 +msgid "For :abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)` orders, the **Lazada Connector** creates a picking in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, along with a sales order and customer record, upon synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:81 +msgid "Arrange Shipment: Confirm the picking in Odoo, then navigate to *Lazada Seller Center* and click :guilabel:`Arrange Shipment` to generate the shipping label and tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Fetch Shipping Label: Odoo retrieves the shipping label and tracking number, attaching them to the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:85 +msgid "Validate Stock Out: Validate the stock movement in Odoo to update inventory levels and confirm the order has left the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Lazada Delivery Statuses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:91 +msgid "Understanding Lazada delivery statuses is crucial for effective order management:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Package Pending`: The package has arrived at the logistics facility but is awaiting receipt, tagging, or processing in the warehouse system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Package Confirmed`: The package has been packed by the seller or warehouse and is confirmed ready for courier pickup or dropoff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ready to Ship`: The order is ready for shipment arrangement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipment Arranged`: The seller has arranged shipment and received a tracking number from the logistics provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipped`: The parcel has been dropped off or picked up by the logistics provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cancelled`: The order has been canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pickup Failed`: The logistics provider failed to pick up the parcel, requiring the seller to rearrange shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "Lazada requires a tracking reference for each delivery. If the carrier doesn't provide one automatically, set it manually in *Lazada Seller Center*. Check supported logistics providers for your region (e.g., Malaysia)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:109 +msgid "Order Fulfillment Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "New Order Creation: Lazada orders are automatically created in Odoo as sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:112 +msgid "Arrange Shipment on Lazada: Arrange shipment in *Lazada Seller Center*, selecting a logistics provider and generating a shipping label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:114 +msgid "Fetch Shipping Label: Odoo imports the shipping label (delivery note) and tracking number, associating them with the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Validate Stock Out: Confirm the stock movement in Odoo to reduce inventory levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Inventory Update on Lazada: Odoo pushes updated stock levels to Lazada to prevent overselling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:121 +msgid "Invoice and Register Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:123 +msgid "Due to Lazada's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, invoices cannot be sent directly from Odoo. Instead:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:126 +msgid "Issue Invoices: Generate invoices in Odoo and manually upload them to *Lazada Seller Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register Payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:130 +msgid "Create a dedicated :guilabel:`Bank Journal` (e.g., \"Lazada Payments\") with a Bank and Cash intermediary account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Since Lazada processes weekly or monthly batch payments, select all invoices linked to a payment in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "Use :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the Payment Method, select the invoices, and go to :menuselection:`Actions --> Create Batch Payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:137 +msgid "Reconcile Payments: When Lazada deposits the balance, record it in the bank statement and credit the Lazada intermediary account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:141 +msgid "Apply the same process for vendor bills related to Lazada commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:144 +msgid "Analyzing Lazada Sales with Odoo's Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:146 +msgid "Odoo's dashboard consolidates sales data from all channels. To analyze Lazada sales specifically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Set Up Sales Teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Lazada Sync --> Lazada Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Assign a dedicated sales team to each Lazada shop for isolated reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:155 +msgid "Filter Sales Data: Use the dashboard filters to view sales data for the assigned Lazada sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/manage.rst:159 +msgid "Configure separate sales teams for each Lazada marketplace to generate detailed performance reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Lazada Connector Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:5 +msgid "This guide explains how to set up the **Lazada Connector** in Odoo to integrate your Lazada Seller account(s) and manage multiple marketplaces efficiently in Southeast Asia. Follow these steps to configure your account, synchronize your product catalog, and prepare your shop for go-live." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:12 +msgid "Before configuring the **Lazada Connector**, ensure you have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "A Lazada Seller account (:guilabel:`Personal Self-Developed` or :guilabel:`Enterprise Self-Developed`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:15 +msgid "A valid email address and phone number for verification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "A digital copy of your business license (for :guilabel:`Enterprise Self-Developed` accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:17 +msgid "A brief description of your integration purpose (e.g., \"Connecting Odoo ERP to our Lazada store for order and inventory synchronization\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:21 +msgid "The *Lazada Open Platform* account for API access is separate from your *Lazada Seller account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Create a Lazada Open Platform Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Lazada Open Platform`: Go to https://open.lazada.com/ and click :guilabel:`Create Account` or :guilabel:`Sign Up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Select Account Type: Choose either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Personal Self-Developed`: For individuals without a business license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Enterprise Self-Developed`: For businesses with a registered license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Do **not** select other service provider types, as they are not applicable for Odoo integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Complete Registration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Enter your email, password, and phone number. Complete any verification steps (e.g., :abbr:`OTP (One-Time Password)` via SMS)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "For :guilabel:`Enterprise Self-Developed` accounts, upload your business license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Provide a brief introduction (e.g., \"Integration for Odoo ERP to sync orders, inventory, and fees with Lazada\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Submit for Approval: Submit your profile details. Approval typically takes a few hours to a couple of business days. Check your registered email for confirmation or requests for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "Check Approval Status: If rejected, review the reason in the notification email or on the *Lazada Open Platform Console*. Edit and resubmit as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Ensure accurate profile details to avoid delays. Common issues include incorrect account type selection or missing business license documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Create an App on Lazada Open Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "To obtain the :guilabel:`App Key` and :guilabel:`App Secret` for Odoo integration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:59 +msgid "Access :guilabel:`App Management`: Log in to the `Lazada Open Platform Console `_, navigate to :menuselection:`App Console`, :menuselection:`App Management`, and click :guilabel:`Create App`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:65 +msgid "Select App Category: Choose :guilabel:`Seller In-house APP`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:66 +msgid "Fill Application Form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "Provide your Odoo database URL and tester account credentials (name and password)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:69 +msgid "For :guilabel:`APP IP Address Management`, select :guilabel:`IP address(es) unavailable` and enter \"The application is cloud-hosted.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Submit Application: App creation takes approximately 24 hours. Once approved, note the :guilabel:`App Key` and :guilabel:`App Secret`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:76 +msgid "Connect Lazada Seller Account to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:78 +msgid "To connect a Lazada Seller account in Odoo, navigate to :guilabel:`App` from your Database and search for Lazada :guilabel:`Activate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:82 +msgid "Enable :guilabel:`Lazada Sync`: In Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Connect a Lazada Account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Lazada --> Shops` and click :guilabel:`Create New Shop`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Enter a name (e.g., \"Lazada Malaysia\"), :guilabel:`App Key`, :guilabel:`App Secret`, and select the marketplace (e.g., Lazada.com.my)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:94 +msgid "Link Account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:96 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Create Shop & Authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "Click the button to redirect to the Lazada login or consent page. Log in with your Lazada Seller account credentials and grant Odoo access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Upon successful authorization, Odoo lists available marketplaces under the :guilabel:`Lazada Shops` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:107 +msgid "Manage Marketplaces:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:109 +msgid "Newly added marketplaces are automatically synchronized. To disable synchronization for specific marketplaces, remove them from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:111 +msgid "Avoid synchronizing the same shop multiple times to prevent duplicate orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:115 +msgid "To maintain data integrity, ensure each shop is synchronized only once. If synchronization fails, try manually fetching orders before reconfiguring." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Configure Shop Before Go-Live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Set Up Warehouses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:125 +msgid "Select the Lazada account and configure the :guilabel:`FBM Warehouse` field to limit stock fetching to specific warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:127 +msgid "By default, all accounts use the same Lazada stock location. To isolate stock for a specific marketplace, create a separate account registration and assign a unique stock location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:130 +msgid "Synchronize Product Catalog:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "The product catalog will be matched automatically from the first synchronization. But in case you do the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:134 +msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Sync Product Catalogue` button in Odoo to automatically fetch active Lazada products daily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "For new Odoo databases, export the Lazada catalog from *Lazada Seller Center* (including SKUs). Import into Odoo via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Import`, mapping SKUs to the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "For existing Odoo products, export both Lazada and Odoo catalogs, map SKUs to :guilabel:`Internal References` in a spreadsheet, and import the updated mappings back into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/lazada_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "Test catalog synchronization with a small product set to verify SKU mappings before full import." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:3 -msgid "Accessory products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:5 -msgid "The use of accessory products is a marketing strategy that involves the cross-selling of related products alongside a desired core product. In Odoo, accessory products can be added to a core product's product form to integrate them into the customer's shopping experience and help drive increased sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:11 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:13 -msgid "An electronics business has configured their products with an eye on cross-selling accessories whenever customers purchase big-ticket items. After a customer adds a tablet to their shopping cart, they are automatically suggested useful accessories like cases, screen protectors, and extra cables because of the accessory products that have been configured. This helps to drive sales by creating opportunities for impulse purchases, as well as reminding customers of useful accessories that they may have intended to purchase but forgot about while shopping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:21 -msgid "Accessory products are differentiated from optional products and alternative products by where they appear in the customer's shopping experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:24 -msgid "Accessory products appear as suggestions when viewing an eCommerce cart with an associated core product in it. This creates an opportunity for cross-selling during the checkout process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:18 -msgid "Optional products are suggested when a core product has been added to a cart or a quotation. This creates an opportunity for cross-selling during the shopping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:14 -msgid "Alternative products are suggested at the bottom of an eCommerce product page whenever the product page is viewed. This creates an opportunity for upselling during the shopping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:32 -msgid "Configuring accessory products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:34 -msgid "To add an accessory product to a product form, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and choose a product. Ensure that the product's :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox is ticked and click the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. Under :guilabel:`Upsell & Cross-sell` heading, the :guilabel:`Accessory Products` drop-down menu allows for accessory products to be set. Products will be displayed in alphabetical order. If the desired product isn't readily visible, type its name in the field to bring it up, then select it to add it as an accessory product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:None -msgid "A product form in Odoo Sales showing the accessory products section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:45 -msgid "How accessory products appear to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:47 -msgid "Accessory products appear alongside core products prior to checkout. They are automatically suggested based on what accessory products have been configured and what core products the customer has added to their shopping cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:54 -msgid "A screenshot of an eCommerce shopping cart showing accessory products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, the core product, \"Leather jacket\", has several associated accessory products. Once a customer adds the core product to their shopping cart, the accessory products will appear as suggestions during the checkout process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:3 -msgid "Alternative products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:5 -msgid "The use of alternative products is a marketing strategy that involves upselling related products alongside a desired core product. For instance, by configuring alternative products, a customer could be suggested a mechanical keyboard or a wireless keyboard when they visit the eCommerce website page for a standard keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:11 -msgid "Alternative products are different from accessory and optional products because of where they show up in the customer's shopping experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:16 -msgid "Accessory products appear as suggestions when viewing an eCommerce cart. This creates an opportunity for cross-selling during the checkout process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:22 -msgid "Configuring alternative products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:24 -msgid "To add an alternative product to a product form, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and choose a product. Ensure that the product's :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox is ticked and click the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. In the :guilabel:`Upsell & Cross-sell` section, click the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` drop-down menu to set alternative products. Products are displayed in alphabetical order. If the desired product isn't readily visible, type its name in the field to bring it up, then select it to add it as an alternative product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:34 -msgid "The alternative product field on the product form with multiple entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:34 -msgid "Entries in the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` field on a product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:37 -msgid "How alternative products appear to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:39 -msgid "Although the **Sales** app is used to configure alternative products, customers will only encounter them when visiting a website created with the **eCommerce** app. Alternative products are automatically suggested during the shopping process when a customer visits the webpage for an associated core product. They appear underneath the product listing under the header :guilabel:`Alternative Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:48 -msgid "Alternative products as they appear on an eCommerce website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:48 -msgid "The alternative products section of an eCommerce product page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" msgstr "" @@ -15960,7 +16652,7 @@ msgid "The rental tab in a pricelist configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 -msgid ":doc:`Ecommerce price configuration `" +msgid ":doc:`Ecommerce price configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:216 @@ -16044,7 +16736,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 @@ -17742,7 +18434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/deadline.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:281 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -18253,50 +18945,30 @@ msgid "Optional products are automatically suggested during the quotation proces msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:15 -msgid "Optional products are differentiated from accessory products and alternative products by where they appear in the customer's shopping experience." +msgid "Optional products differ from :ref:`accessory and alternative products ` in terms of where they are displayed during the customer’s online shopping journey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:18 -msgid "Optional products are suggested when a core product has been added to a cart or a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:19 -msgid "Accessory products appear as suggestions when viewing an eCommerce cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:20 -msgid "Alternative products are suggested at the bottom of an eCommerce product page whenever the product page is viewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "A screen from the quotation process shows how optional products appear as a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "Optional products as they appear during the quotation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:31 -msgid "An eCommerce shopping cart screen shows how optional products appear in eCommerce websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products as they appear when viewing the shopping cart on an eCommerce website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:25 msgid "Configuring optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:27 msgid "With the Odoo **Sales** app, it is possible to add optional products directly to product forms. To add an optional product to a product form, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:31 msgid "Ensure that the product's :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox is checked and click the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. Under :guilabel:`Upsell & Cross-sell` heading, the :guilabel:`Optional Products` drop-down menu allows for optional products to be set. Products will be displayed in alphabetical order. If the desired product isn't readily visible, type its name in the field to bring it up, then select it to add it as an optional product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:37 msgid "To delete an optional product from the product form, simply click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(Delete)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -18304,7 +18976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Where the optional products section appears in product forms in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:43 msgid "Additional products can also be added to a core product by clicking :guilabel:`Search more...`. This opens the :guilabel:`Search: Optional Products` form, which displays all products in the catalog and includes the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new product. Multiple products may be selected as optional products at once when using this form by clicking their checkboxes and then clicking :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" @@ -18312,11 +18984,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Search: Optional Products form accessed by clicking Search more..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:53 msgid "Setting optional product sections in quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:55 msgid "When developing a quotation for customers, entire sections of the quotation can be set as optional products, even if they haven't been configured in the product form. To create a section, click the :guilabel:`Add a section` link and enter its desired name in the :guilabel:`Enter a description` field. Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(drop-down menu)` and choose :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Set Optional`." msgstr "" @@ -18324,11 +18996,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The dropdown menu with the \"Set Optional\" text highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:64 msgid "Once a section is set to optional, the font color changes to reflect its status. All products within that section default to a quantity of `0`, ensuring they are not included in the total cost automatically. Both portal users (such as customers or vendors) and employees with access to create quotations and sales orders can update these quantities. Once a quantity is set to `1` or more, the product is added to the quote total." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:70 msgid "Once an optional product section has been created in a quotation, users who have been :doc:`granted portal access <../../../general/users/user_portals/portal_access>` can interact with the quotation there. They can view the quotation and decide whether or not to add the optional products to their final sales order." msgstr "" @@ -19086,18 +19758,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Synchronize (Shopee to Odoo) all confirmed orders, and their order items, which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:18 -msgid "Product name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:19 -msgid "SKU reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:20 -msgid "Quantity" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:22 msgid "Synchronize (Odoo to Shopee) all available quantities of your products (:abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant)`)." msgstr "" @@ -19118,10 +19778,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**APAC region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:38 -msgid "Indonesia" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:38 msgid "Shopee.co.id" msgstr "" @@ -19134,42 +19790,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shopee.tw" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:42 -msgid "Vietnam" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:42 msgid "Shopee.vn" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:44 -msgid "Thailand" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:44 msgid "Shopee.co.th" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:46 -msgid "Philippines" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:46 msgid "Shopee.ph" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:48 -msgid "Malaysia" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:48 msgid "Shopee.com.my" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:50 -msgid "Singapore" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector.rst:50 msgid "Shopee.sg" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 8d0c4ffb06..b6e6ccf682 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-06 18:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-13 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -225,16 +225,21 @@ msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:9 -msgid "Build and run your open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Create your products, customize the ordering and checkout process, configure delivery methods, handle sales and delivery orders, create customer accounts, and monitor your performance." +msgid "Odoo eCommerce provides an open-source platform for building and managing an online store. It offers a wide range of tools and features to configure products, customize the design, manage ordering and checkout processes, set up delivery methods, handle orders, and analyze performance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:5 -msgid "Products" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:15 -msgid "Configure your product pages, adjust the shop page layout, set up the pricing, and define suggestions for optional and accessory products." +msgid "Configure products, create product variants and categories, and set up pricing. Use customer accounts to manage access according to your business model (B2B or B2C) and needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:22 @@ -243,7 +248,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce design" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:22 -msgid "Design the product catalog and product pages using a wide range of design features, building blocks, and additional e-commerce-specific features and buttons." +msgid "Design the product catalog and product pages using design elements, building blocks, and e-commerce-specific options and buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:29 @@ -252,7 +257,7 @@ msgid "Ordering and checkout" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:29 -msgid "Customize the ordering and checkout process with the website editor to fit your business needs." +msgid "Customize the ordering and checkout process to fit your business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:35 @@ -262,7 +267,7 @@ msgid "Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:35 -msgid "Enable and configure delivery methods to provide your customers with one or multiple options upon checkout." +msgid "Enable and configure delivery methods to provide customers with one or multiple options upon checkout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:42 @@ -271,159 +276,50 @@ msgid "Order handling" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:42 -msgid "Handle all business documents related to your e-commerce orders: sales orders, delivery orders, invoices, and legal requirements." +msgid "Handle the complete e-commerce order lifecycle, from sales and abandoned carts to delivery, stock management, returns, and invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:49 -msgid "Define your customers' login process and grant portal access to all users or a select group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:3 msgid "Performance management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:56 -msgid "Analyze sales data to evaluate your e-commerce performance." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:49 +msgid "Analyze sales data to evaluate the shop's performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/google_merchant_center.rst:3 msgid "Google Merchant Center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:62 -msgid "Manage and submit your product data to Google with Google Merchant Center." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:54 +msgid "Connect Odoo eCommerce to Google Merchant Center and other platforms, such as TikTok, Facebook, or Instagram to showcase products across multiple channels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:47 msgid "Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your website with an address such as `www.example.com` rather than the default `example.odoo.com`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design.rst:42 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:53 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:3 -msgid "B2B and B2C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo eCommerce is designed to fulfill the needs of both B2B and B2C companies. It allows you to configure :doc:`prices `, manage :doc:`access ` for specific customers, and :ref:`customize the website ` to support B2B, B2C, or both business models." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:15 -msgid "While B2C businesses sell directly to the end consumer with a :ref:`tax-included ` price, B2B businesses usually :ref:`exclude taxes ` and may even prefer to hide prices altogether, showcasing only their products instead. To configure a B2B-specific online shop, make sure the :ref:`Tax-Excluded ` option is enabled, and complete the configuration to :ref:`hide the pricing `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:24 -msgid "To make sure that only customers with an :ref:`account and granted access ` can see the prices, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(dropdown)` icon from the search bar, and select the :guilabel:`Archived` filter. Then click the :guilabel:`Public user` card, go to the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and add the zero-priced pricelist configured to :ref:`cover all countries `. Keep the :guilabel:`Public User` contact :guilabel:`Archived` at all times. Website visitors now see the products without prices, while only customers with an :ref:`account invitation ` and an assigned :ref:`pricelist ` can view the pricing in the customer portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:37 -msgid ":ref:`Discounts `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:40 -msgid "Access request" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:42 -msgid "When running a B2B business, you usually :ref:`hide the pricing ` on the web shop and make it available for :ref:`logged-in users ` only. To prevent anyone from signing up freely, set the :ref:`Customer Account ` setting option to :guilabel:`On invitation`. To create a page where customers request access, open the :doc:`website editor <../website/web_design>`, :ref:`create a form `, customize it, and in the :guilabel:`Action` field, select :guilabel:`Create a customer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:51 -msgid "You can assign tags created on a contact form under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Customers` to identify what kind of customers have submitted the form. To do so, select a field in the form while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, click the :guilabel:`+ Field` button under the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and set the field's :guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Tags`. Toggle the tags that should be automatically assigned when a customer fills in the form and set the field's :guilabel:`Visibility` to :guilabel:`Hidden`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:58 -msgid "When a customer submits the form, a new contact is automatically created in the database. The contact is assigned the first pricelist from the list of available pricelists, and, if applicable, the specified tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:62 -msgid "Submitted requests can be found under the :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you want to :ref:`grant portal access ` to. Once done, the selected customer is able to view the B2B prices and products. Make sure the correct pricelist is assigned to their contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:69 -msgid "It is also possible to hide the entire shop from the public using the :ref:`Ecommerce Access ` setting and only make it available for logged-in customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:72 -msgid "Configure the :ref:`checkout policy ` to allow/disallow guest checkout for B2C businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:74 -msgid "Enable the :ref:`Shared Customer Accounts ` feature to allow customers to use the same account on :ref:`all ` your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`customer_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:86 -msgid "Settings are website-specific, which means it is possible to configure different behaviors for each website. For example, you can set up a B2C website that allows :ref:`guest checkout ` and displays :ref:`tax-included prices `, and a B2B website that requires :ref:`sign-in ` and shows :ref:`tax-excluded prices `. However, each :ref:`pricelist ` can only be assigned to one website at a time. If you want to use the same pricelist on several websites, duplicate the pricelist and assign each copy to its corresponding website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:97 -msgid "If you are running a B2B and B2C business, we *strongly* recommend to create two :doc:`separate websites <../website/configuration/multi_website>` and assign a :ref:`zero-priced pricelist ` to the B2B website and a regular pricelist to the B2C website. In case, you prefer using a single website, configure it using :ref:`country groups ` and assigning :ref:`pricelists ` to customers, and deactivate the :ref:`Selectable ` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/additional_features.rst:3 -msgid "Additional features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:109 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:111 -msgid "Depending on the type of business (B2B or B2C), you might want to issue an invoice. An invoice can either be generated automatically (for B2B) or on demand of the customer (for B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is :ref:`confirmed `. To automate invoicing, enable the :ref:`Automatic Invoice ` setting. If this feature has not been enabled, the customer only receives an order confirmation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:120 -msgid "B2B fields at checkout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:122 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Order summary` page, open the :doc:`website editor <../website/web_design>`, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and toggle the :guilabel:`Show B2B Fields` switch to display B2B-specific additional fields like :guilabel:`VAT` or :guilabel:`Company Name` during the :ref:`delivery ` step." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:5 msgid "Odoo eCommerce provides several options to organize the ordering and checkout process. It offers different :ref:`order button ` options and sequential :ref:`checkout steps `, some of which support additional features. The related buttons and checkout pages can be customized using the :doc:`website editor <../website/web_design>`." msgstr "" @@ -481,54 +377,54 @@ msgid "Removing the ability to add products to the cart is often used by busines msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:51 -msgid "To display the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button and a note saying `Not Available For Sale` , you need to :ref:`hide your prices ` on your product page." +msgid "To display the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button and a note saying `Not Available For Sale` , you need to :ref:`hide prices ` on the product page. When the customer clicks the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button, they are redirected to the contact form where the :guilabel:`Subject` field is already auto-filled with the requested product's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:None msgid "Contact us button on product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:60 msgid "The :guilabel:`Contact Us` button label, URL, and the *Not Available For Sale* text beneath the product title and description can be modified on the product's page while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:65 msgid "Additional add to cart buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:67 msgid "You can add additional :guilabel:`Add to Cart` buttons and link them to specific products on any website page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:70 msgid "To add them, open the website editor and place the :guilabel:`Add to Cart Button` inner content building block. Once placed, click the button, scroll to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart Button` section, and configure the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product to link the button with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Choose if it should be an :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or :ref:`Buy Now ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:79 msgid "If the product has variants, either choose one or leave the option on :guilabel:`Visitor's Choice`, which prompts the customer to select a variant and then :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and continue shopping or :guilabel:`Go to Checkout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:82 msgid "The default :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button does not offer those options, but its label can be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:86 msgid "In the website editor, it is also possible to show or hide the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`cart`) icon in the page's header. Click the header and then the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`cart`) button next to the :guilabel:`Show Empty` option under the :guilabel:`Style` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:94 msgid "Buy now" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:96 msgid "To let customers choose to go to the :ref:`Order summary ` step directly, you can add an additional :guilabel:`Buy now` button. To do so, go to any product's page, open the website editor, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and click the :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` button next to the :guilabel:`Purchase Options`." msgstr "" @@ -536,15 +432,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy now button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:107 msgid "Reorder products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:109 msgid "Customers can reorder items from a previous sales order:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:111 msgid "from their customer portal, using the :guilabel:`Order Again` button. All products from the selected order are automatically added to the cart, and customers can then :guilabel:`Remove` any items they don't want to reorder." msgstr "" @@ -552,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reorder button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:118 msgid "from the cart, by clicking :guilabel:`Quick reorder` at the :ref:`Order summary step `. Customers can then adjust quantities as needed and click the :icon:`fa-cart-plus` :guilabel:`(cart)` button next to the product(s) they want to reorder." msgstr "" @@ -560,147 +456,147 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Quick reorder button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:128 msgid "Checkout steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:130 msgid "During the checkout process, customers are taken through the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`Order summary `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`Address and delivery `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`Extra info (if enabled) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`Payment `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:136 msgid ":ref:`Order confirmation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:140 msgid "Each step can be customized using the website editor by adding :doc:`building blocks <../website/web_design/building_blocks>` or opening the :guilabel:`Style` tab to enable various checkout options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:145 msgid "Content added through building blocks is **specific** to each step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:146 -msgid "Restrict access to the :ref:`shop ` and :ref:`checkout ` for specific customers, e.g., in a :doc:`B2B ` business setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:153 -msgid "Order summary" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:148 +msgid "Restrict access to the :ref:`shop ` and :ref:`checkout ` for specific customers, e.g., in a :doc:`B2B <../ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c>` business setup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:155 +msgid "Order summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:157 msgid "The :guilabel:`Order summary` step allows customers to see the items they added to their cart, adjust quantities, :guilabel:`Remove` products, and :ref:`reorder products from a previous order `. Information related to the product prices and taxes applied are also displayed. Customers can then click the :guilabel:`Checkout` button to continue to the :ref:`Address and delivery ` step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:163 msgid "Open the website editor to :ref:`enable ` checkout options such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:164 -msgid ":guilabel:`Suggested Accessories`: to showcase :ref:`accessory products `;" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:166 -msgid ":guilabel:`Promo Code`: to allow customers to redeem :ref:`gift cards ` or apply :doc:`discount codes <../../sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount>`;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Suggested Accessories`: to showcase :ref:`accessory products `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Promo Code`: to allow customers to redeem :ref:`gift cards ` or apply :doc:`discount codes <../../sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:170 msgid ":guilabel:`Add to Wishlist`: :ref:`Enable wishlists ` to allow signed-in users to remove a product from their cart and add it to their wishlist using the :guilabel:`Save for later` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:175 msgid "If a :doc:`fiscal position <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>` is detected automatically, the product tax is determined based on the customer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:177 msgid "If the installed :doc:`payment provider <../../finance/payment_providers>` supports :ref:`express checkout `, a dedicated button is displayed, allowing customers to go straight from the cart to the confirmation page without filling out the contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:185 msgid "Address and delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:187 msgid "Once they have reviewed their order:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:189 msgid "Unsigned-in customers are prompted to :guilabel:`Sign in` or enter their :guilabel:`Email address`, along with their delivery address and phone details;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:191 msgid "Signed-in customers can select the appropriate :guilabel:`Delivery address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:193 msgid "They can then :doc:`choose a delivery method `, select or enter their :guilabel:`Billing Address` (or toggle the :guilabel:`Same as delivery address` switch if the billing and delivery addresses are identical), and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to proceed to the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:198 msgid "For B2B customers, you can also :ref:`enable ` optional :ref:`B2B fields ` in the website editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:200 msgid "You can add a checkbox for users without an account to sign up for a newsletter. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, enable the :guilabel:`Newsletter` feature, and select a :guilabel:`Newsletter List`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:208 msgid "Extra info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:210 msgid "You can add an :guilabel:`Extra Info` step in the checkout process to collect additional customer information through an online form, which is then included in the :ref:`sales order `. To do so, :ref:`enable ` the :guilabel:`Extra Step` option in the website editor. The form can be :ref:`customized ` as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:219 msgid "Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:221 msgid "At the :guilabel:`Payment` step, customers can :guilabel:`Choose a payment method`, enter their payment details, and click :guilabel:`Pay now`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:224 msgid "To make payment methods available to customers, configure and enable one or more :doc:`payment provider(s) `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, :guilabel:`Activate` the relevant payment provider, and :ref:`configure ` it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:230 msgid "The options displayed at checkout depend on the active payment providers, the enabled :ref:`payment methods `, the :ref:`customer’s country and currency `, and, optionally, the :ref:`maximum amount ` set for the provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:235 msgid "To display an :ref:`availability ` report for payment providers and payment methods and help diagnose potential availability issues on the payment form, enable the :ref:`developer mode ` and click the :icon:`fa-bug` (:guilabel:`bug)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:240 msgid "Terms and conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:242 msgid "To require customers to agree to the :doc:`terms and conditions <../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` before payment, open the website editor and toggle the :guilabel:`Accept Terms` switch in the :guilabel:`Style` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:247 msgid "eWallets and gift cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:249 msgid "Customers can pay with an eWallet or gift card during checkout. To offer these options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable :menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section. Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Gift cards & eWallet` and :doc:`create a gift card and/or eWallet program `." msgstr "" @@ -708,166 +604,1116 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Gift card and eWallet options at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:261 msgid "Order confirmation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:263 msgid "The final step of the checkout process is the :guilabel:`Order confirmation`, which provides a summary of the customer's purchase details. A sales order is automatically created in the backend. Enable the :ref:`Automatic Invoice ` setting to automatically send an invoice to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`Order handling `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "Using customer accounts for an e-commerce enables you to :ref:`manage customers `, control access to the :ref:`shop `, the :ref:`checkout `, or the :doc:`customer portal <../../general/users/user_portals/portal_access>`, and support both :doc:`B2B and B2C operations `." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo eCommerce enables the configuration of products, categories, variants, and pricing. It also manages customer accounts and access, supporting both B2B and B2C business models." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "After logging in, customers can access their :doc:`customer portal <../../general/users/user_portals>` by clicking their username in the top-right corner of the screen and selecting :guilabel:`My Account`. From there, they can view all their documents in one place, such as quotations, orders, invoices, and more." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Configure products, manage their visibility, add images and videos, create product combos, and attach digital files. Define selling strategies, translate product information, and manage stock and packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:22 +msgid "Use product variants and attributes to offer multiple product options. Create attribute and e-commerce categories to better organize the shop and product pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:29 +msgid "Configure different prices and taxes using prices per unit, pricelists, and discounts. Prices can also be hidden, and sales can be restricted when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:36 +msgid "Control access to the shop, the checkout, and the customer portal, and use customer accounts to support B2B and B2C operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:3 +msgid "B2B and B2C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration.rst:42 +msgid "Configure separate websites and shops for B2B and B2C businesses and customize them to meet the specific needs of each business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo eCommerce is designed to fulfill the needs of both B2B and B2C companies. It allows you to configure :doc:`prices `, manage :doc:`access ` for specific customers, and :ref:`customize the website ` to support B2B, B2C, or both business models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:15 +msgid "While B2C businesses sell directly to the end consumer with a :ref:`tax-included ` price, B2B businesses usually :ref:`exclude taxes ` and may even prefer to hide prices altogether, showcasing only their products instead. To configure a B2B-specific online shop, make sure the :ref:`Tax-Excluded ` option is enabled, and complete the configuration to :ref:`hide the pricing `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:24 +msgid "To make sure that only customers with an :ref:`account and granted access ` can see the prices, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(dropdown)` icon from the search bar, and select the :guilabel:`Archived` filter. Then click the :guilabel:`Public user` card, go to the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and add the zero-priced pricelist configured to :ref:`cover all countries `. Keep the :guilabel:`Public User` contact :guilabel:`Archived` at all times. Website visitors now see the products without prices, while only customers with an :ref:`account invitation ` and an assigned :ref:`pricelist ` can view the pricing in the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:37 +msgid ":ref:`Discounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:42 +msgid "Access request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:44 +msgid "When running a B2B business, you usually :ref:`hide the pricing ` on the web shop and make it available for :ref:`logged-in users ` only. To prevent anyone from signing up freely, set the :ref:`Customer Account ` setting option to :guilabel:`On invitation`. To create a page where customers request access, open the :doc:`website editor `, :ref:`create a form `, customize it, and in the :guilabel:`Action` field, select :guilabel:`Create a customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:53 +msgid "You can assign tags created on a contact form under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Customers` to identify what kind of customers have submitted the form. To do so, select a field in the form while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, click the :guilabel:`+ Field` button under the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and set the field's :guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Tags`. Toggle the tags that should be automatically assigned when a customer fills in the form and set the field's :guilabel:`Visibility` to :guilabel:`Hidden`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:60 +msgid "When a customer submits the form, a new contact is automatically created in the database. The contact is assigned the first pricelist from the list of available pricelists, and, if applicable, the specified tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:64 +msgid "Submitted requests can be found under the :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you want to :ref:`grant portal access ` to. Once done, the selected customer is able to view the B2B prices and products. Make sure the correct pricelist is assigned to their contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:71 +msgid "It is also possible to hide the entire shop from the public using the :ref:`Ecommerce Access ` setting and only make it available for logged-in customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:74 +msgid "Configure the :ref:`checkout policy ` to allow/disallow guest checkout for B2C businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:76 +msgid "Enable the :ref:`Shared Customer Accounts ` feature to allow customers to use the same account on :ref:`all ` your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:334 +msgid ":doc:`customer_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:88 +msgid "Settings are website-specific, which means it is possible to configure different behaviors for each website. For example, you can set up a B2C website that allows :ref:`guest checkout ` and displays :ref:`tax-included prices `, and a B2B website that requires :ref:`sign-in ` and shows :ref:`tax-excluded prices `. However, each :ref:`pricelist ` can only be assigned to one website at a time. If you want to use the same pricelist on several websites, duplicate the pricelist and assign each copy to its corresponding website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:99 +msgid "If you are running a B2B and B2C business, we *strongly* recommend to create two :doc:`separate websites ` and assign a :ref:`zero-priced pricelist ` to the B2B website and a regular pricelist to the B2C website. In case, you prefer using a single website, configure it using :ref:`country groups ` and assigning :ref:`pricelists ` to customers, and deactivate the :ref:`Selectable ` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/additional_features.rst:3 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:116 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:118 +msgid "Depending on the type of business (B2B or B2C), you might want to issue an invoice. An invoice can either be generated automatically (for B2B) or on demand of the customer (for B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is :ref:`confirmed `. To automate invoicing, enable the :ref:`Automatic Invoice ` setting. If this feature has not been enabled, the customer only receives an order confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:127 +msgid "B2B fields at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/b2b_b2c.rst:129 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Order summary` page, open the :doc:`website editor `, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and toggle the :guilabel:`Show B2B Fields` switch to display B2B-specific additional fields like :guilabel:`VAT` or :guilabel:`Company Name` during the :ref:`delivery ` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo eCommerce provides multiple ways to configure, :doc:`present <../../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog>`, and sell different product options to customers while organizing products by category for a better overview and smoother navigation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:12 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants ` are different versions of the same product, created by combining :ref:`attributes ` like color, size, material, etc., which can lead to differences in price and/or availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:18 +msgid "To configure product variants for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:16 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:21 +msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section and enable the :guilabel:`Product Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:23 +msgid "Access the :ref:`product form ` and go to the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select the relevant attribute and its values. Repeat this step for each additional attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:28 +msgid "The product variants are created automatically (or not) based on the :ref:`attribute's configuration `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:100 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:39 +msgid "Attributes refer to the characteristics of a product, such as its color or material. Each attribute includes a set of values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:None +msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:45 +msgid "Once your attributes are :ref:`created `, set the following options on the attribute form to control where and/or how they appear on the website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`eCommerce Filter`: Set the field to :guilabel:`Visible` to make the attribute available in the shop's filter section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Product Cards`: Set the field to :guilabel:`Visible` or :guilabel:`Hover` to display attributes on the product card on the shop page. These options are only available when :ref:`variants are created instantly for the attribute `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:54 +msgid "When the field is set to :guilabel:`Visible`, the :guilabel:`Show Thumbnails` option can be toggled to show a product variant image instead of the attribute values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:57 +msgid "It is also possible to add a variant picture on the product card on the shop page. To do so, go to the product form, click the :icon:`fa-sitemap` :guilabel:`Variants` :ref:`smart button `, select a variant, and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon to add a picture for each variant. Make sure that the :ref:`Show Thumbnails ` option is enabled on the attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:None +msgid "Variant thumbnails on product card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:69 +msgid "Attribute categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:71 +msgid "To group similar attributes under the same section when :ref:`comparing products `, select the relevant :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` or create a new one. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(internal link)` icon next to the category name to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:76 +msgid "Rename the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:77 +msgid "Change its :guilabel:`Sequence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:78 +msgid "Reorder the :guilabel:`Related Attributes` to define the order in which they are displayed in the comparison summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:80 +msgid "Add attributes to the category by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:None +msgid "Comparison summary page with attribute categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:88 +msgid "E-commerce categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:90 +msgid "E-commerce categories are used to organize products into groups, making it easier for customers to browse the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:None +msgid "Category quick access in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:96 +msgid "To create e-commerce categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> eCommerce Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. On the category form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, optionally enter a :guilabel:`Parent` category, restrict it to a specific :guilabel:`Website`, and write a :guilabel:`Description`, if needed. You can also add a :guilabel:`Cover Image` for the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:102 +msgid "To use :guilabel:`eCommerce categories`, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select the product you wish to modify, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, navigate to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section, and select the :guilabel:`Categories` it belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:107 +msgid "A single product can belong to multiple e-commerce categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:108 +msgid "Define how to :ref:`display categories ` on the shop page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:109 +msgid "Categories that do not contain any products are not visible on the shop page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "Using customer accounts for an e-commerce enables you to :ref:`manage customers `, control access to the :ref:`shop `, the :ref:`checkout `, or the :doc:`customer portal `, and support both :doc:`B2B and B2C operations `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:12 +msgid "After logging in, customers can access their :doc:`customer portal ` by clicking their username in the top-right corner of the screen and selecting :guilabel:`My Account`. From there, they can view all their documents in one place, such as quotations, orders, invoices, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:None msgid "Customer account access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:21 -msgid "The customer account page can be customized with building blocks and other features through the :doc:`website builder <../website/web_design>`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:21 +msgid "The customer account page can be customized with building blocks and other features through the :doc:`website editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:27 msgid "Customer account creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:29 msgid "You can choose whether customer accounts and document access are available to everyone or restricted to invited users only. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, and navigate to the :guilabel:`General` section. Under :guilabel:`Customer Account`, select one of the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`On invitation`: Customers can only create an account if the website owner sends them an invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Free sign up`: Every website visitor can create an account and sign in. They will get access to the :doc:`portal <../../general/users/user_portals>` by default." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free sign up`: Every website visitor can create an account and sign in. They will get access to the :doc:`portal ` by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:41 msgid "To send an email invitation to a customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:43 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:44 msgid "Select a customer or click :guilabel:`New` to create one, ensuring an :guilabel:`Email` address is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:46 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon next to the record's name at the top-left and select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:48 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Portal Access Management` pop-up, click :guilabel:`Grant Access` to send the invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:52 msgid "To invite multiple customers at once, switch to the customers :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` view, select several customers, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Once done, the customer(s) receive an email confirming their account creation, including instructions on setting a password and activating their account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:60 msgid "When selecting the :guilabel:`Free sign up`, a clickable :guilabel:`Don't have an account?` link appears under the login form on the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`On invitation` option is especially useful for :ref:`B2B ` businesses that prefer to keep :ref:`prices hidden ` on the website and grant access only to invited customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:67 msgid "It is possible to configure a website form with a :guilabel:`Create a Customer` :ref:`action ` to automatically create a customer record in the backend when filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:74 msgid "Access restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:76 msgid "Once a customer account is created, it is still possible to adjust the access rights either globally or for individual users:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`Revoke access or re-invite a user <../../general/users/user_portals/portal_access>` using the related buttons in the :guilabel:`Portal Access Management` pop-up." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`Revoke access or re-invite a customer ` using the related buttons in the :guilabel:`Portal Access Management` pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:82 msgid "Restrict :ref:`access to the shop `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Decide whether customers need to create an account to :ref:`complete the checkout `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:84 -msgid "It is also possible to define the types of documents customers have access to. To do so, click your username in the upper-right corner of the website, select :guilabel:`My Account` and open the :doc:`website builder <../website/web_design>`. On the :guilabel:`Style` tab, enable or disable access to specific documents as needed." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "It is also possible to define the types of documents customers have access to. To do so, click your username in the upper-right corner of the website, select :guilabel:`My Account` and open the :doc:`website builder `. On the :guilabel:`Style` tab, enable or disable access to specific documents as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Shop access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:97 msgid "To restrict access to the entire online shop for users who are not logged-in, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section and under :guilabel:`Ecommerce Access`, select :guilabel:`Logged in users`. Select :guilabel:`All users` if the shop should be visible to every website visitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:103 msgid "To restrict access to the shop's pricing, use :ref:`pricelists ` with :ref:`country groups `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:109 msgid "Checkout access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:111 msgid "To allow customers to checkout as guests or force them to sign in/create an account, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and configure the :guilabel:`Sign in/up at checkout` setting. The following options are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Optional`: Customers can check out as guests and register later via the order confirmation email to track their order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Disabled`: Customers can checkout as guests without creating an account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`: Customers must sign in or create an account at the :ref:`Order summary ` step to complete their purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Settings are specific to each website, allowing you to configure a B2C website with guest checkout and a B2B website that requires customers to sign in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:125 msgid "To use the :ref:`wishlist ` feature, customers must create an account to save their favorite items for later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:131 msgid "Multi-website account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:133 msgid "When managing multiple websites, it is possible to make customer accounts available across *all* websites, allowing each customer to use a single account. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`General` section, enable the :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts.rst:139 msgid "When operating both :ref:`B2B and B2C online shops `, it is recommended to use separate websites for each business model." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo offers multiple options to configure prices on the e-commerce. For example, you can apply :ref:`prices per unit `, offer :ref:`discounts `, and set up :ref:`pricelists `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:12 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:14 +msgid "To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the :guilabel:`Sales Taxes` field of the product form or use :doc:`fiscal positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:24 +msgid "Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations or the type of customers (:doc:`B2B vs. B2C `). To select the type of price displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the website, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and under :guilabel:`Display Product Prices` select between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is tax-excluded, and the tax is computed at the :ref:`order summary ` step;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is tax-included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:34 +msgid "This setting is website-specific and can therefore be configured independently for every website in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:38 +msgid "Switch the :ref:`Tax indication ` toggle on in the website editor to explicitly indicate if the price is `Tax excluded` or `Tax included` on the :doc:`product page <../../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:41 +msgid "Enable specific :ref:`B2B fields ` in the :ref:`delivery step ` during the checkout using the :doc:`website editor `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:48 +msgid "Price per unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:50 +msgid "To display a :doc:`price per unit ` alongside the sales price on the product page, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:54 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:56 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the product form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:57 +msgid "Set the product's :guilabel:`Sales Price` and select the unit (e.g., :guilabel:`Units`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:58 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field, enter the number of units in the product, then select the relevant unit from the dropdown list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:62 +msgid "Imagine you want to sell a 2-liter bucket of paint for $60, i.e., $30 per liter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:0 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:67 +msgid "The price per units, in this case per liter, is shown next to the sales price on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:0 +msgid "Unit pricing on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:74 +msgid "The price per unit may be mandatory in some countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:82 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:84 +msgid "Pricelists in Odoo allow to manage flexible pricing rules and to offer different prices and discounts based on currencies, time periods, purchase volumes, :ref:`customers' location `, and/or customer type. To enable pricelists for eCommerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, enable :guilabel:`Pricelists`, and :guilabel:`Save`. Then, click :guilabel:`Pricelists` or go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Pricelists` and :ref:`configure ` the relevant pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:93 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Ecommerce` tab, configure options specific to online sales, such as assigning a :guilabel:`Website` to a pricelist, allowing customers to :ref:`select it `, and/or adding an :ref:`E-commerce Promotional Code `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:99 +msgid "If you are using several websites and you want to use the same pricelist on several of them, you need to duplicate the pricelist for each website. If you do not assign any website, the pricelist will not be used, unless it is :ref:`selectable `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:103 +msgid "Pricelists can also be :ref:`assigned to a specific customer `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:107 +msgid "When pricelists are enabled in the Sales app, they are automatically enabled in the eCommerce app, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:109 +msgid "In the list of pricelists, order the pricelists by priority: the first takes precedence over the second, the second over the third, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:111 +msgid "It is also possible to create specific pricelists for :ref:`variants `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:120 +msgid "Selectable pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:122 +msgid "Selectable pricelists are useful, for example, when selling products in :doc:`multiple currencies ` and allow customers to choose a pricelist using the catalog's pricelist selector located next to the :ref:`search bar `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:None +msgid "Pricelist selector on the e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:130 +msgid "To make a pricelist selectable, enable :guilabel:`Selectable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:133 +msgid "If a pricelist is designated as :guilabel:`Selectable`, and is not assigned to a specific website, then the pricelist is selectable on **all** websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:135 +msgid "If a pricelist does *not* appear in the selector, it may be due to the following situations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:137 +msgid "Only one pricelist is defined as :guilabel:`Selectable` and the :ref:`contact has a pricelist assigned `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:139 +msgid "Multiple selectable pricelists exist, but only those matching the customer's :ref:`country group ` are shown. It is strongly recommended to disable the :guilabel:`Selectable` option when using pricelists with country groups on the e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:145 +msgid ":ref:`sales/products/currencies/currency-specific-pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:150 +msgid "GeoIP & country groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:152 +msgid "It is possible to display a specific pricelist based on the visitor's location and IP address by assigning :ref:`country groups ` to pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:157 +msgid "To do so, :ref:`navigate to the relevant pricelist form ` and select the appropriate :guilabel:`Country Groups`. Create or edit as many pricelists for specific regions as needed. For instance, select :guilabel:`European Union` to apply the pricelist to all EU member states." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:162 +msgid "To create a new country group, click :guilabel:`Search more` in the dropdown list, then :guilabel:`New`. Add a :guilabel:`Group Name` and select the relevant :guilabel:`Countries`. Use :ref:`Custom filters ` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:167 +msgid "Each country group must contain at least one country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:170 +msgid "Use the following filter if you want to add all non-EU countries to the country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:172 +msgid "`Country Groups` + `is not equal to` + `European Union`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:0 +msgid "Filter for country group creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:178 +msgid "When using GeoIP to determine the appropriate pricelist, **all** pricelists used on the e-commerce must have a country group assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:180 +msgid "It is strongly recommended to disable the :guilabel:`Selectable` option when using pricelists with country groups. Indeed, all pricelists with the relevant country group are automatically applied to the catalog but if one of them is marked as :ref:`Selectable `, the others will disappear as soon as customers select the selectable pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:187 +msgid "Imagine you create three pricelists:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:189 +msgid "`EU regular prices` with the `EU` country group assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:190 +msgid "`EU prices with discounts` with the `EU` country group assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:191 +msgid "`US prices` with the `US` country group assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:193 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Selectable` option is enabled for `EU regular prices` and `US prices`, and the customer is from the European Union, only the pricelists `EU regular prices` and `EU prices with discounts` will be available. However, since the `EU prices with discount` list is not selectable, it will disappear once the customer selects the `EU regular prices` list and prices will be displayed based on the `EU regular prices` pricelist on the catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:201 +msgid "Pricelist application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:203 +msgid "On the e-commerce, the *default* pricelist is automatically selected for public, non-logged in users when no country group is assigned. If :ref:`GeoIP and country groups ` are used, public users see the pricelist of their country group by default. :ref:`Logged-in users ` with :ref:`assigned pricelists ` see the assigned pricelist by default **if it is assigned to the website** they are visiting. If not, the website's default pricelist is applied (i.e., the first available pricelist assigned to the website and without a country group, following the sequence order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:212 +msgid "Assigned pricelists take precedence over country-based pricelists, when applicable, unless the assigned pricelist is linked to a different country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:216 +msgid "A customer from the United States visits the website. They do not have a portal account. The :guilabel:`United States` pricelist is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:219 +msgid "A different visitor, also from the United States, has the :guilabel:`Loyal Customer Discount` pricelist assigned in their contact form. This assignment takes precedence over the country group assignation, so the :guilabel:`Loyal Customer Discount` is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:0 +msgid "An example of various pricelists assigned to a website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:230 +msgid "Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:233 +msgid "Discounts programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:235 +msgid "To enable :doc:`discount programs ` for your e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enable the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:240 +msgid ":ref:`Configure ` the discount program, make sure the :guilabel:`Website` option is enabled, and add the relevant :ref:`Pricelist ` and :guilabel:`Website` on the program form, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:247 +msgid "Permanent product discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:249 +msgid "If the price of a specific product has been permanently reduced, the strikethrough strategy is commonly used. This involves showing the new discounted price, with the original price crossed out alongside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:None +msgid "Price strikethrough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:256 +msgid "To display a permanently discounted price, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce`, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option, and :guilabel:`Save`. Then, :ref:`go to the product form `, enter the new (discounted) price in the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field and the original one (strikethrough) in the :guilabel:`Compare to Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:264 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Compare to Price` field must contain a price that is higher than the :guilabel:`Sales Price` for the original price to appear with a strikethrough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:268 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Compare to Price` is not displayed if discounted pricelists apply. If you want to use the :guilabel:`Compare to price` with another discount, configure a pricelist with a :ref:`promotional code `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:273 +msgid "Discounted pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:275 +msgid "It is also possible to create :ref:`pricelists with discounts `. To do so, :ref:`create a pricelist ` and :ref:`configure the discount `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:279 +msgid "If a :ref:`pricelist ` contains a :ref:`Discount ` price type, the price is striked through for applicable customers, even if the :ref:`Comparison Price ` feature has not been enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:285 +msgid "If using pricelists with :ref:`country groups `, the discounted pricelist must be assigned the same country group as the one used for the non-discounted pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:291 +msgid "E-commerce promotional code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:293 +msgid "To offer a discounted pricelist for customers with a specific discount code, access the relevant :ref:`pricelist form `, go to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce` tab, and add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional Code`, e.g., `SUMMERSALE10%`. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Price` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and :ref:`configure the discount `. When a customer inserts the code during the :ref:`checkout process `, this discount is granted according to the :guilabel:`Sales Price` configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:302 +msgid "Make sure that the :ref:`Promo Code ` option in the website editor is enabled and, if using :ref:`country groups `, that the discounted pricelist has the same country group assigned as the non-discounted pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:310 +msgid "Hide prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:312 +msgid "Some businesses, such as :ref:`B2B shops ` or companies that sell luxury or custom items, often prefer to showcase their products online without displaying their prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:315 +msgid "To hide product prices on the e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enter a redirect URL in the :guilabel:`Button URL` field. The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the product page is then replaced by a :guilabel:`Contact us` button, which can be :ref:`customized ` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:321 +msgid "After enabling this feature, either set the price to `0` for all desired products or create a :ref:`pricelist ` with all product prices set to `0`. Ensure the pricelist is assigned to the correct website and is listed first among the website's pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:326 +msgid "Ensure no pricelist used on the e-commerce has been marked as :guilabel:`Selectable` to prevent accidentally displaying the zero-priced pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/prices.rst:328 +msgid "To hide prices from public visitors while keeping them visible to logged-in customers, create a zero-priced pricelist to be used for non-logged-in customers and :ref:`assign ` a regular pricelist (with actual prices) to customers with :doc:`portal access <../../../general/users/user_portals/portal_access>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo eCommerce allows you to :ref:`create products ` and manage their :ref:`visibility ` on the website. Products can be :ref:`configured ` in various ways, including adding :ref:`product images and videos `, creating :ref:`product combinations `, implementing :ref:`cross-selling and upselling strategies `, attaching :ref:`digital files `, :ref:`translating ` product information, :ref:`managing stock `, and setting :ref:`packaging options `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:18 +msgid "Product creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:20 +msgid "To create a product from the frontend, go to the Website app, click :guilabel:`New` :icon:`fa-caret-down` in the top-right corner, then select :guilabel:`Product`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name`, and other relevant details such as the :guilabel:`Barcode`, :guilabel:`Sales Price`, default :guilabel:`Sales Taxes`, and a :ref:`Website Category `, then add an image. Once you click :guilabel:`Save`, you are redirected to the product page where you can :ref:`customize it ` using the :doc:`website editor `. Once you are finished, click :guilabel:`Save`. To configure additional advanced :ref:`product details `, click :guilabel:`Product` in the top-right corner to access the backend product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:32 +msgid "It is also possible to create a product from the backend by navigating to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Then:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a new product by clicking :guilabel:`New`, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`Import product data ` using XLSX or CSV files by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon next to :guilabel:`Products`, then :ref:`Import records `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`Create new products using the Barcode Lookup database `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Configure the Gelato connector in Odoo to synchronize the product catalog and automate order fulfillment with Gelato `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:47 +msgid "Product visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:51 +msgid "To publish a product, access the product page on the website and switch the toggle from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:55 +msgid "To access the product page from the product form in the backend, click the :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:57 +msgid "To publish products from the backend, navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the :ref:`product form `, then go to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section and toggle the :guilabel:`Is Published` switch on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:61 +msgid "To publish multiple products at once, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:63 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:64 +msgid "Remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter and switch to the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:65 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon on the far right of the view and enable :guilabel:`Is Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:67 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it by *published* or *unpublished* products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:69 +msgid "Select the products to publish by ticking their box on the far left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:70 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Is Published` column, tick the box for any of the selected products, then :guilabel:`Update` to publish them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:76 +msgid "When managing multiple websites, the availability of a product on each website can be set from the :ref:`product form `. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, then in the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section, select the :guilabel:`Website` where the product should be available. Leave the field blank to make the product available on *all* websites. You can make a product available on either *one* website or *all* websites, but selecting only *some* websites is not possible. To sell the product on multiple specific websites without making it available on all of them, **duplicate** the product for each website and assign the corresponding website to each duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:88 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:92 +msgid "To add general information to a product, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select the relevant product. You can configure various options, such as choosing a :doc:`product type `, adding :doc:`variants and categories `, or defining :doc:`prices `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:99 +msgid "Additionally, add an e-commerce-specific product description to be displayed below the product name on the frontend :doc:`product page <../ecommerce_design/product_page>`. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce description` section, and write a description. Use Odoo's :doc:`rich-text editor ` to customize the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:106 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to access the frontend product page and :doc:`customize <../ecommerce_design/product_page>` it using the :doc:`website editor <../../website/web_design>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:109 +msgid "Product descriptions can also be generated using :doc:`AI `. To do so, type `/` in the :guilabel:`Ecommerce description` section and select :guilabel:`AI` to open the :doc:`AI agent `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Product images and videos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:118 +msgid "To add media items, such as images and videos, navigate to the :ref:`product form ` and go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. In the :guilabel:`Ecommerce Media` section, click :guilabel:`Add Media`. In the :guilabel:`Select a media` pop-up window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:122 +msgid "To add an image, select an image, click :guilabel:`Add URL` or :guilabel:`Upload an image` in the :guilabel:`Images` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:124 +msgid "To add a video, navigate to the :guilabel:`Videos` tab, paste a video URL, or :ref:`embed HTML code `. Then, enable the relevant :ref:`video options `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:128 +msgid "Once the media is selected, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:131 +msgid ":ref:`Customize product images and videos ` using the :doc:`website editor <../../website/web_design>` from the frontend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:137 +msgid "Product combos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:139 +msgid ":doc:`Product combinations ` allow users to configure a set of related products to buy as a bundle. To :ref:`configure combos `, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Combo Choices`. Once finished and published, customers can choose the combo when adding the product to the cart. Depending on the configuration, certain items may incur an additional charge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:None +msgid "Add the combo product to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:152 +msgid "Cross-selling & Upselling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:154 +msgid "Cross-selling and upselling are sales techniques used to present customers with additional or higher-tier products and services from the :doc:`catalog <../../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog>`. Cross-selling focuses on recommending accessory or :doc:`optional products ` alongside the item being purchased during ordering and checkout. Upselling, on the other hand, encourages customers to choose a higher-priced or upgraded alternative product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:161 +msgid "To configure these product suggestions, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select the relevant product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and add the desired products in the corresponding :guilabel:`Optional products`, :guilabel:`Accessory Products`, and/or :guilabel:`Alternative products` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:168 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:170 +msgid "Optional products are suggested when the customer clicks the :guilabel:`Add to cart` button to buy a specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:0 +msgid "Optional products cross-selling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:176 +msgid "Accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:178 +msgid "Accessory products appear in the :guilabel:`Suggested accessories` section during the :guilabel:`Order summary` step, just prior to proceeding to checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:0 +msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:185 +msgid "To hide this section, open the :doc:`website editor <../../website/web_design>`, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and toggle the :guilabel:`Suggested Accessories` switch off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:188 +msgid "Alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:190 +msgid "Alternative products are displayed at the bottom of the :doc:`product page <../ecommerce_design/product_page>` under the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:0 +msgid "The alternative products section of an product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:197 +msgid "To customize this block, open the :doc:`website editor <../../website/web_design>`, click the block on the page, and :doc:`adapt the heading and text <../../website/web_design/elements>` if necessary. Go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, scroll to the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` section, and modify the options as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:206 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:208 +msgid "It is possible to link digital files, such as certificates, eBooks, or user manuals, to the products. To do so, go to the :ref:`product form ` and click the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Documents` smart button. Then, click :guilabel:`Upload` to upload a file directly, or for additional options, click :guilabel:`New`. Choose the :guilabel:`Type` of attachment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:214 +msgid ":guilabel:`File`: :guilabel:`Upload your file`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:215 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: Insert the link to the file or media item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:216 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cloud Storage` (if applicable): Insert a link to your cloud storage to store the file on the :doc:`cloud storage ` platform instead of the database’s server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:220 +msgid "These documents can be made available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:222 +msgid "On the product page (before checkout): Set the :guilabel:`Sales visibility` field to :guilabel:`Hidden` and enable :guilabel:`Publish on website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:224 +msgid "In the :doc:`customer portal ` on the confirmed sales order (after checkout): Set the :guilabel:`Sales visibility` field to :guilabel:`On confirmed order` and disable :guilabel:`Publish on website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:229 +msgid "In :ref:`Kanban ` view, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`dropdown menu`) in the top-right corner of the document card to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Delete`, or :guilabel:`Download` the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:236 +msgid "Translation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:238 +msgid "If a website is available in multiple languages, product information can be translated directly on the :ref:`product form `. Fields that support multiple languages are identifiable by their language abbreviation (e.g., `EN`) next to the field, such as the :guilabel:`Product name`, :ref:`Out-of-Stock Message `, the :ref:`E-Commerce Description `, :ref:`ribbon or badge ` names, :doc:`categories and variants ` names, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:247 +msgid "Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user experience and :doc:`SEO `. To avoid this, use the :ref:`Translate ` feature to translate any remaining untranslated content on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:253 +msgid ":doc:`Website languages and translations `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:130 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:262 +msgid "The :doc:`Inventory app ` must be installed to handle stock-related settings and operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:265 +msgid "To configure stock-related e-commerce options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, then to the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` subsection. The following settings are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:269 +msgid "If multiple :doc:`warehouses ` exist, select the relevant one from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` dropdown menu to set it as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:273 +msgid "Next to :guilabel:`Out-of-Stock`, enable :guilabel:`Continue Selling` to allow customers to place orders even when the product is out of stock. Keep this option disabled to prevent customers from ordering products that are out of stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:276 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Show Available Quantity` option to display the remaining available quantity on the product page when it drops below a defined threshold. The available quantity is calculated based on the :guilabel:`On hand` quantity minus the quantity already :doc:`reserved ` for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:282 +msgid "These settings apply to *all* products, but can be adapted for individual products if needed. To do so, go to the product form and make sure the :ref:`Track inventory option ` is enabled. Then, navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab and, under the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section, enable or disable the relevant :guilabel:`Sell when Out-of-Stock` and :guilabel:`Show Available Qty` options. You can also compose an :guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` or create an :ref:`out-of-stock ribbon or badge `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:291 +msgid "Modifying the general :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` settings does not automatically modify the related option(s) on the product form for existing products; it only affects products created after the feature is enabled/disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:294 +msgid "To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type` field on the :ref:`product form ` must be set to :guilabel:`Goods` or :guilabel:`Combo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:297 +msgid "A :icon:`fa-envelope-o` (:guilabel:`envelope`) :guilabel:`Get notified when back in stock` button appears on the product page when an item is out of stock. Customers can click the link to enter their email address and receive a notification once the item is back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:301 +msgid "If the :ref:`Click & Collect ` feature is enabled, the product availability is displayed on the product page based on the stock in the warehouse defined on the related :doc:`delivery method ` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:308 +msgid "Currently, the `Boko Chair` is not available in any warehouses. However, customers can click the :icon:`fa-envelope-o` (:guilabel:`envelope`) :guilabel:`Get notified when back in stock` link to receive a notification as soon as the product becomes available again. An :guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` can also be added to inform customers that the item will be replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a product that is out of stock, but which will be available again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:318 +msgid "If a unique reference is needed for inventory management, install the :doc:`Manufacturing app ` and create :doc:`kit bills of materials `. Each kit links its published \"virtual\" products to the main reference tracked in Inventory. This ensures that any item sold on the website is converted into the corresponding stocked item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:328 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:330 +msgid "To offer different product pack sizes to customers on the e-commerce, configure product :doc:`packagings `. Then go to the :ref:`product form ` and navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. Under :guilabel:`Upsell & cross-sell`, add as many package types as needed in the :guilabel:`Packagings` field. The available package types are displayed on the e-commerce :doc:`product page <../ecommerce_design/product_page>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:None +msgid "Product packages on the e-commerce page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/configuration/products.rst:342 +msgid "It is also possible to add packagings to a specific :ref:`product variant `. To do so, go to the product form, click the :icon:`fa-sitemap` :guilabel:`Variants` :ref:`smart button `, and select the relevant product variant. Under :guilabel:`Sales`, add as many package types as needed in the :guilabel:`Packagings` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design.rst:9 msgid "Customize the design of the :doc:`product pages <../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page>`, structure the :doc:`product catalog <../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog>` and use :doc:`additional features <../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/additional_features>` to improve the customer's shopping experience." msgstr "" @@ -1062,11 +1908,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a :ref:`category ` quick access in the toolbar or general access in the sidebar, click the :guilabel:`Top` and/or :guilabel:`Sidebar` button next to :guilabel:`Categories`, and choose a :guilabel:`Style` for them. When the :guilabel:`Sidebar` is selected, the option :guilabel:`Collapse Category Recursive` appears, allowing you to collapse the category in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None -msgid "Category quick access in the toolbar." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:49 msgid "The category filters located in the sidebar are not affected by the :guilabel:`Filters` setting." msgstr "" @@ -1123,12 +1964,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For :doc:`rental products <../../../sales/rental>`, you can also add a :guilabel:`Rental Date` option to display a date range calendar to check their availability over a specific period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:37 -msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:100 msgid "When you offer :ref:`product variants ` with different :ref:`attributes `, those options appear in the sidebar or slide-out menu when filters are shown. The menu automatically adapts to the number of attribute sections:" msgstr "" @@ -1158,7 +1993,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:118 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/products/categories_variants`" +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/configuration/categories_variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog.rst:123 @@ -1305,13 +2140,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The e-commerce product pages showcase all product details and media items related to the relevant products. It is possible to customize the :ref:`images and videos section `, choose :ref:`which product information to display `, show specific :ref:`buttons `, customize the :ref:`attribute details section `, enable :ref:`additional organizational features `, and add content using :ref:`building blocks `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:88 -msgid "Product images and videos" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:19 -msgid "After :ref:`adding media items on the product form ` or upon :ref:`product creation in the frontend `, customize them on the frontend product pages. To do so, navigate to the relevant product page in the online shop, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-right corner, and navigate to the :guilabel:`Style` tab." +msgid "After :ref:`adding media items on the product form ` or upon :ref:`product creation in the frontend `, customize them on the frontend product pages. To do so, navigate to the relevant product page in the online shop, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-right corner, and navigate to the :guilabel:`Style` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:25 @@ -1480,19 +2310,19 @@ msgid ":ref:`Documents `: Add relevant documen msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:157 -msgid ":ref:`Alternative products `: Suggest similar products and customize the section." +msgid ":ref:`Alternative products `: Suggest similar products and customize the section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:159 -msgid ":ref:`Show Available Quantity `: Display the available product quantity when the quantity falls below a specified threshold." +msgid ":ref:`Show Available Quantity `: Display the available product quantity when the quantity falls below a specified threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:161 -msgid ":ref:`Out-of-Stock Message `: Display a customized message for products that are out of stock." +msgid ":ref:`Out-of-Stock Message `: Display a customized message for products that are out of stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:163 -msgid ":ref:`Get notified when back in stock `: Customers can insert their email address to receive a notification when the item is back in stock." +msgid ":ref:`Get notified when back in stock `: Customers can insert their email address to receive a notification when the item is back in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page.rst:166 @@ -1714,7 +2544,7 @@ msgid "This three-step process is not visible to customers. However, they can vi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:51 -msgid "If the customer pays via :ref:`wire transfer `, the quotation is *not* automatically confirmed. In this case, the customer receives a notification on the :guilabel:`My account` page of their :doc:`customer account ` to review and pay for the order. After the payment is received, the order must be manually confirmed in the backend." +msgid "If the customer pays via :ref:`wire transfer `, the quotation is *not* automatically confirmed. In this case, the customer receives a notification on the :guilabel:`My account` page of their :doc:`customer account ` to review and pay for the order. After the payment is received, the order must be manually confirmed in the backend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:58 @@ -1737,16 +2567,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable abandoned cart reminders:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:14 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:73 msgid "In the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, enable :guilabel:`Follow up abandoned carts`." msgstr "" @@ -1795,11 +2615,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable automatic confirmation emails for completed delivery orders (:guilabel:`Done` status), go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, and enable :guilabel:`Email Confirmation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:184 -msgid "Stock management" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:132 msgid "To ensure that products ordered by customers are reserved in stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Operation Types`, click the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, and set the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` field to :doc:`At Confirmation `. When enabled, product quantities are automatically reserved once the order is confirmed, preventing items from becoming unavailable after the order is placed." msgstr "" @@ -1973,802 +2788,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabling this feature may delay order confirmation and invoice emails by a few minutes. It is recommended only for high-traffic websites, as it can introduce unnecessary delays for e-commerce websites with moderate traffic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:7 -msgid "**Odoo eCommerce** allows you to :ref:`add products ` and manage your :doc:`product pages <../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page>` directly from the Website app. It also allows you to add :ref:`digital files `, :ref:`translate ` the product page content, and :ref:`manage the stock `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:16 -msgid "Add products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:21 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:23 -msgid "To create a product from the frontend, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right corner, then :guilabel:`Product`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name`, :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the default :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` for local transactions, and :guilabel:`Save`. You can then update the product's details, add an image, and :ref:`customize ` the product page. When you :guilabel:`Save`, the product page is automatically published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:30 -msgid "You can also create a product from the backend by going to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:32 -msgid "Products created from the frontend are automatically :ref:`published `, while products created from the backend are not. To publish a product, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to access the product page, then toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`Create new products using the Barcode Lookup database `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`Configure the Gelato connector in Odoo to synchronize the product catalog and automate order fulfilment with Gelato `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:46 -msgid "Import products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:48 -msgid "To :ref:`import product data ` using XLSX or CSV files, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon, then :ref:`Import records `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:53 -msgid "To publish **large batches** of products, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:55 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:56 -msgid "Remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter and switch to the :guilabel:`List` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:57 -msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon and enable :guilabel:`Is published`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:59 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it by **published** or **unpublished** products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:61 -msgid "Select the products to publish by ticking their box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:62 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Is Published` column, tick the box for any of the selected products, then :guilabel:`Confirm` to publish them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:66 -msgid "Product information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:70 -msgid "To add general information about a product, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select the product. You can configure the product page from the form by adding :ref:`variants `, :ref:`digital documents `, or :ref:`translating ` content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:77 -msgid "You can also add an e-commerce-specific product description to be displayed below the product name on the product's page. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce description` section, and add a description. Use Odoo's :doc:`rich-text editor <../../essentials/html_editor>` features to personalize the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:83 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to return to the frontend product's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:90 -msgid "To add more media items, such as images and videos, navigate to the :ref:`product form `, then go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab and click :guilabel:`Add Media` under the :guilabel:`Ecommerce Media` section. In the :guilabel:`Select a media` pop-up window, go to the :guilabel:`Images` tab, select an image, click :guilabel:`Upload an image` or :guilabel:`Add URL`. Or navigate to the :guilabel:`Videos` tab, paste a video URL or embed code. Once done, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:98 -msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to access the product's page on the website and :ref:`customize ` product images and videos using the website editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:105 -msgid "Digital files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:107 -msgid "You can link digital files like certificates, eBooks, or user manuals to the products. These documents are available :ref:`before payment ` on the product page or in the customer portal :ref:`after checkout `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:112 -msgid "To link a digital file to a product, go to the :ref:`product form ` and click the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button. Then, click :guilabel:`Upload` to upload a file directly, or for additional options, click :guilabel:`New`, then :guilabel:`Upload your file`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:117 -msgid "You can link a URL instead of a digital file. To do so, click :guilabel:`New`, go to the :guilabel:`Type` field, and select :guilabel:`URL`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:119 -msgid "To edit an existing file, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`dropdown menu`) in the top-right corner of the document card and click :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:125 -msgid "Digital files available before payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:127 -msgid "To make the file available on the product page (before payment), leave the :guilabel:`Visibility` field blank and toggle the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:None -msgid "digital file available before payment on the product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:136 -msgid "Digital files available after payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:138 -msgid "To make the file available (after payment), set the :guilabel:`Visibility` field to :guilabel:`Confirmed order` and turn off the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:144 -msgid "Translation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:146 -msgid "If multiple languages are available on your website, you can translate a product's information directly on the :ref:`product form `. Fields that support multiple languages are identifiable by their abbreviation language (e.g., EN) next to their field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:150 -msgid "The e-commerce-related fields to translate are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:153 -msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:154 -msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:157 -msgid "Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user experience and :doc:`SEO <../../websites/website/structure/seo>`. You can use the :doc:`Translate <../website/configuration/translate>` feature to translate the page's content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:160 -msgid "To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and go to the :guilabel:`Website Info` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:166 -msgid "Website availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:168 -msgid "To set the product's website availability, navigate to the :ref:`product form `, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and in the :guilabel:`eCommerce shop` section, select the :guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field blank to make the product available on *all* websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:174 -msgid "You can make a product available on either *one* website or *all* websites, but selecting only *some* websites is not possible. To sell the product on multiple specific websites without making it available on all, **duplicate** the product for each website and assign the corresponding website to each duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:178 -msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Is Published` toggle to make sure the product is available for website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:186 -msgid "To enable and configure inventory management options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:191 -msgid "The **Inventory** app must be installed to see the inventory management options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:192 -msgid "To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type` field must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` in the :ref:`product form `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:196 -msgid "If a unique reference is needed for inventory management, install the :doc:`Manufacturing app `, and create :doc:`Kit bills of materials `. Each kit links its published \"virtual\" products to the main reference tracked in Inventory. This ensures that any item sold on the website is converted into the corresponding stocked item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:206 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:208 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, fill in those fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:210 -msgid ":doc:`Warehouse <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:211 -msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock`: Enable :guilabel:`Continue Selling` to allow customers to place orders even when the product is **out of stock**. Leave the box unchecked to prevent orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:213 -msgid ":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: Displays the available quantity left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity is calculated based on the :guilabel:`On hand` quantity minus the quantity already reserved for outgoing transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:217 -msgid "To inform customers that a product is out of stock, configure an :guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message`. To do so, go to the product form and navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section, compose an :guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:None -msgid "Out-of-stock message on the product page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:225 -msgid "A :icon:`fa-envelope-o` (:guilabel:`envelope`) :guilabel:`Get notified when back in stock` button appears on the product page when an item is out of stock. Customers can click the link to enter their email address and receive a notification once the item is back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:229 -msgid "To create an :guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` and have the notification option available, the :ref:`Track inventory setting ` must be enabled on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:236 -msgid "Packagings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:238 -msgid "To offer different product pack sizes to customers on the e-commerce, configure product :doc:`packagings `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, and navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the product form. Under :guilabel:`Upsell & cross-sell`, add as many package types as needed in the :guilabel:`Packagings` field. The available package types are displayed on the e-commerce :doc:`product page <../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:None -msgid "Product packages on the e-commerce page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:250 -msgid "It is also possible to add packagings to a specific :ref:`product variant `. To do so, go to the product form, click the :icon:`fa-sitemap` :guilabel:`Variants` :ref:`smart button `, and select the relevant product variant. Under :guilabel:`Sales`, add as many package types as needed in the :guilabel:`Packagings` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:3 -msgid "Categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo eCommerce provides multiple ways to configure, :doc:`present <../../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog>`, and sell different product options to customers while organizing products by category for a better overview and smoother navigation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:12 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`Product variants ` are different versions of the same product, created by combining :ref:`attributes ` like color, size, material, etc., which can lead to differences in price and/or availability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:18 -msgid "To configure product variants for a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:21 -msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section and enable the :guilabel:`Product Variants` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:23 -msgid "Access the :ref:`product form ` and go to the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:25 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select the relevant attribute and its values. Repeat this step for each additional attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:28 -msgid "The product variants are created automatically (or not) based on the :ref:`attribute's configuration `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:39 -msgid "Attributes refer to the characteristics of a product, such as its color or material. Each attribute includes a set of values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None -msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:45 -msgid "Once your attributes are :ref:`created `, set the following options on the attribute form to control where and/or how they appear on the website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`eCommerce Filter`: Set the field to :guilabel:`Visible` to make the attribute available in the shop's filter section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:50 -msgid ":guilabel:`On Product Cards`: Set the field to :guilabel:`Visible` or :guilabel:`Hover` to display attributes on the product card on the shop page. These options are only available when :ref:`variants are created instantly for the attribute `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:54 -msgid "When the field is set to :guilabel:`Visible`, the :guilabel:`Show Thumbnails` option can be toggled to show a product variant image instead of the attribute values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:57 -msgid "It is also possible to add a variant picture on the product card on the shop page. To do so, go to the product form, click the :icon:`fa-sitemap` :guilabel:`Variants` :ref:`smart button `, select a variant, and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon to add a picture for each variant. Make sure that the :ref:`Show Thumbnails ` option is enabled on the attribute form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None -msgid "Variant thumbnails on product card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:69 -msgid "Attribute categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:71 -msgid "To group similar attributes under the same section when :ref:`comparing products `, select the relevant :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` or create a new one. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(internal link)` icon next to the category name to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:76 -msgid "Rename the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:77 -msgid "Change its :guilabel:`Sequence`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:78 -msgid "Reorder the :guilabel:`Related Attributes` to define the order in which they are displayed in the comparison summary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:80 -msgid "Add attributes to the category by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None -msgid "Comparison summary page with attribute categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:88 -msgid "E-commerce categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:90 -msgid "E-commerce categories are used to organize products into groups, making it easier for customers to browse the online store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:96 -msgid "To create e-commerce categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> eCommerce Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. On the category form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, optionally enter a :guilabel:`Parent` category, restrict it to a specific :guilabel:`Website`, and write a :guilabel:`Description`, if needed. You can also add a :guilabel:`Cover Image` for the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:102 -msgid "To use :guilabel:`eCommerce categories`, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select the product you wish to modify, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, navigate to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section, and select the :guilabel:`Categories` it belongs to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:107 -msgid "A single product can belong to multiple e-commerce categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:108 -msgid "Define how to :ref:`display categories ` on the shop page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:109 -msgid "Categories that do not contain any products are not visible on the shop page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../products`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:3 -msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:5 -msgid ":ref:`Cross-selling ` and :ref:`upselling ` are sales techniques designed to encourage customers to purchase additional or higher-priced products and services from your :doc:`product catalog <../../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/catalog>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:13 -msgid "Cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:15 -msgid "Cross-selling can be achieved by suggesting :ref:`optional products ` when items are added to the cart or by recommending :ref:`accessory products ` on the checkout page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:22 -msgid "Optional products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:24 -msgid "**Optional products** are suggested when the customer selects a product and clicks :guilabel:`Add to cart`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:27 -msgid "To enable **optional products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:None -msgid "Optional products cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:37 -msgid "Accessory products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:39 -msgid "**Accessory products** are showcased in the :guilabel:`Suggested Accessories` section during the :guilabel:`Review Order` step, just before proceeding to checkout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:42 -msgid "To enable **accessory products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory Products` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:None -msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:52 -msgid "Upselling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:54 -msgid "You can display **alternative products** at the bottom of the product page as an upselling technique, encouraging customers to consider a more expensive variant or product than their initial choice by presenting appealing alternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:None -msgid "Alternative products on the product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:61 -msgid "To enable alternative products, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select the desired product, and go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. In the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` field, add the products you want to feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:65 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Go to Website` to view the alternative products displayed at the bottom of the product page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:68 -msgid "To adjust the settings, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select the related :doc:`building block <../../website/web_design/building_blocks>`. In the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, scroll to the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` section and modify the settings as needed to tailor the display to your preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo offers multiple options to configure prices on the e-commerce. For example, you can apply :ref:`prices per unit `, offer :ref:`discounts `, and set up :ref:`pricelists `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:12 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:14 -msgid "To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the :guilabel:`Sales Taxes` field of the product form or use :doc:`fiscal positions `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:20 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:24 -msgid "Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations or the type of customers (:doc:`B2B vs. B2C <../b2b_b2c>`). To select the type of price displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the website, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and under :guilabel:`Display Product Prices` select between:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:29 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is tax-excluded, and the tax is computed at the :ref:`order summary ` step;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:31 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is tax-included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:34 -msgid "This setting is website-specific and can therefore be configured independently for every website in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:38 -msgid "Switch the :ref:`Tax indication ` toggle on in the website editor to explicitly indicate if the price is `Tax excluded` or `Tax included` on the :doc:`product page <../../ecommerce/ecommerce_design/product_page>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:41 -msgid "Enable specific :ref:`B2B fields ` in the :ref:`delivery step ` during the checkout using the :doc:`website editor `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:48 -msgid "Price per unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:50 -msgid "To display a :doc:`price per unit ` alongside the sales price on the product page, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:54 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:56 -msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the product form `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:57 -msgid "Set the product's :guilabel:`Sales Price` and select the unit (e.g., :guilabel:`Units`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:58 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field, enter the number of units in the product, then select the relevant unit from the dropdown list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:62 -msgid "Imagine you want to sell a 2-liter bucket of paint for $60, i.e., $30 per liter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:0 -msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:67 -msgid "The price per units, in this case per liter, is shown next to the sales price on the product page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:0 -msgid "Unit pricing on the product page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:74 -msgid "The price per unit may be mandatory in some countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:82 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:84 -msgid "Pricelists in Odoo allow to manage flexible pricing rules and to offer different prices and discounts based on currencies, time periods, purchase volumes, :ref:`customers' location `, and/or customer type. To enable pricelists for eCommerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, enable :guilabel:`Pricelists`, and :guilabel:`Save`. Then, click :guilabel:`Pricelists` or go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Pricelists` and :ref:`configure ` the relevant pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:93 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Ecommerce` tab, configure options specific to online sales, such as assigning a :guilabel:`Website` to a pricelist, allowing customers to :ref:`select it `, and/or adding an :ref:`E-commerce Promotional Code `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:99 -msgid "If you are using several websites and you want to use the same pricelist on several of them, you need to duplicate the pricelist for each website. If you do not assign any website, the pricelist will not be used, unless it is :ref:`selectable `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:103 -msgid "Pricelists can also be :ref:`assigned to a specific customer `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:107 -msgid "When pricelists are enabled in the Sales app, they are automatically enabled in the eCommerce app, and vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:109 -msgid "In the list of pricelists, order the pricelists by priority: the first takes precedence over the second, the second over the third, and so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:111 -msgid "It is also possible to create specific pricelists for :ref:`variants `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:120 -msgid "Selectable pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:122 -msgid "Selectable pricelists are useful, for example, when selling products in :doc:`multiple currencies ` and allow customers to choose a pricelist using the catalog's pricelist selector located next to the :ref:`search bar `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:None -msgid "Pricelist selector on the e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:130 -msgid "To make a pricelist selectable, enable :guilabel:`Selectable`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:133 -msgid "If a pricelist is designated as :guilabel:`Selectable`, and is not assigned to a specific website, then the pricelist is selectable on **all** websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:135 -msgid "If a pricelist does *not* appear in the selector, it may be due to the following situations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:137 -msgid "Only one pricelist is defined as :guilabel:`Selectable` and the :ref:`contact has a pricelist assigned `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:139 -msgid "Multiple selectable pricelists exist, but only those matching the customer's :ref:`country group ` are shown. It is strongly recommended to disable the :guilabel:`Selectable` option when using pricelists with country groups on the e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:145 -msgid ":ref:`sales/products/currencies/currency-specific-pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:150 -msgid "GeoIP & country groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:152 -msgid "It is possible to display a specific pricelist based on the visitor's location and IP address by assigning :ref:`country groups ` to pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:157 -msgid "To do so, :ref:`navigate to the relevant pricelist form ` and select the appropriate :guilabel:`Country Groups`. Create or edit as many pricelists for specific regions as needed. For instance, select :guilabel:`European Union` to apply the pricelist to all EU member states." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:162 -msgid "To create a new country group, click :guilabel:`Search more` in the dropdown list, then :guilabel:`New`. Add a :guilabel:`Group Name` and select the relevant :guilabel:`Countries`. Use :ref:`Custom filters ` if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:167 -msgid "Each country group must contain at least one country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:170 -msgid "Use the following filter if you want to add all non-EU countries to the country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:172 -msgid "`Country Groups` + `is not equal to` + `European Union`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:0 -msgid "Filter for country group creation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:178 -msgid "When using GeoIP to determine the appropriate pricelist, **all** pricelists used on the e-commerce must have a country group assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:180 -msgid "It is strongly recommended to disable the :guilabel:`Selectable` option when using pricelists with country groups. Indeed, all pricelists with the relevant country group are automatically applied to the catalog but if one of them is marked as :ref:`Selectable `, the others will disappear as soon as customers select the selectable pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:187 -msgid "Imagine you create three pricelists:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:189 -msgid "`EU regular prices` with the `EU` country group assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:190 -msgid "`EU prices with discounts` with the `EU` country group assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:191 -msgid "`US prices` with the `US` country group assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:193 -msgid "If the :guilabel:`Selectable` option is enabled for `EU regular prices` and `US prices`, and the customer is from the European Union, only the pricelists `EU regular prices` and `EU prices with discounts` will be available. However, since the `EU prices with discount` list is not selectable, it will disappear once the customer selects the `EU regular prices` list and prices will be displayed based on the `EU regular prices` pricelist on the catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:201 -msgid "Pricelist application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:203 -msgid "On the e-commerce, the *default* pricelist is automatically selected for public, non-logged in users when no country group is assigned. If :ref:`GeoIP and country groups ` are used, public users see the pricelist of their country group by default. :ref:`Logged-in users ` with :ref:`assigned pricelists ` see the assigned pricelist by default **if it is assigned to the website** they are visiting. If not, the website's default pricelist is applied (i.e., the first available pricelist assigned to the website and without a country group, following the sequence order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:212 -msgid "Assigned pricelists take precedence over country-based pricelists, when applicable, unless the assigned pricelist is linked to a different country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:216 -msgid "A customer from the United States visits the website. They do not have a portal account. The :guilabel:`United States` pricelist is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:219 -msgid "A different visitor, also from the United States, has the :guilabel:`Loyal Customer Discount` pricelist assigned in their contact form. This assignment takes precedence over the country group assignation, so the :guilabel:`Loyal Customer Discount` is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:0 -msgid "An example of various pricelists assigned to a website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:230 -msgid "Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:233 -msgid "Discounts programs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:235 -msgid "To enable :doc:`discount programs ` for your e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enable the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:240 -msgid ":ref:`Configure ` the discount program, make sure the :guilabel:`Website` option is enabled, and add the relevant :ref:`Pricelist ` and :guilabel:`Website` on the program form, if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:247 -msgid "Permanent product discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:249 -msgid "If the price of a specific product has been permanently reduced, the strikethrough strategy is commonly used. This involves showing the new discounted price, with the original price crossed out alongside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:None -msgid "Price strikethrough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:256 -msgid "To display a permanently discounted price, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce`, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option, and :guilabel:`Save`. Then, :ref:`go to the product form `, enter the new (discounted) price in the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field and the original one (strikethrough) in the :guilabel:`Compare to Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:264 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Compare to Price` field must contain a price that is higher than the :guilabel:`Sales Price` for the original price to appear with a strikethrough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:268 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Compare to Price` is not displayed if discounted pricelists apply. If you want to use the :guilabel:`Compare to price` with another discount, configure a pricelist with a :ref:`promotional code `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:273 -msgid "Discounted pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:275 -msgid "It is also possible to create :ref:`pricelists with discounts `. To do so, :ref:`create a pricelist ` and :ref:`configure the discount `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:279 -msgid "If a :ref:`pricelist ` contains a :ref:`Discount ` price type, the price is striked through for applicable customers, even if the :ref:`Comparison Price ` feature has not been enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:285 -msgid "If using pricelists with :ref:`country groups `, the discounted pricelist must be assigned the same country group as the one used for the non-discounted pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:291 -msgid "E-commerce promotional code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:293 -msgid "To offer a discounted pricelist for customers with a specific discount code, access the relevant :ref:`pricelist form `, go to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce` tab, and add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional Code`, e.g., `SUMMERSALE10%`. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Price` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and :ref:`configure the discount `. When a customer inserts the code during the :ref:`checkout process `, this discount is granted according to the :guilabel:`Sales Price` configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:302 -msgid "Make sure that the :ref:`Promo Code ` option in the website editor is enabled and, if using :ref:`country groups `, that the discounted pricelist has the same country group assigned as the non-discounted pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:310 -msgid "Hide prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:312 -msgid "Some businesses, such as :ref:`B2B shops ` or companies that sell luxury or custom items, often prefer to showcase their products online without displaying their prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:315 -msgid "To hide product prices on the e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enter a redirect URL in the :guilabel:`Button URL` field. The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the product page is then replaced by a :guilabel:`Contact us` button, which can be :ref:`customized ` if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:321 -msgid "After enabling this feature, either set the price to `0` for all desired products or create a :ref:`pricelist ` with all product prices set to `0`. Ensure the pricelist is assigned to the correct website and is listed first among the website's pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:326 -msgid "Ensure no pricelist used on the e-commerce has been marked as :guilabel:`Selectable` to prevent accidentally displaying the zero-priced pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:328 -msgid "To hide prices from public visitors while keeping them visible to logged-in customers, create a zero-priced pricelist to be used for non-logged-in customers and :ref:`assign ` a regular pricelist (with actual prices) to customers with :doc:`portal access <../../../general/users/user_portals/portal_access>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:334 -msgid ":doc:`../customer_accounts`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Odoo eCommerce allows you to configure various delivery methods, enabling customers to choose their preferred option at :doc:`checkout `. These methods include :ref:`external providers `, :ref:`custom options ` such as flat-rate or free shipping, local carriers via :doc:`Sendcloud ` or :ref:`Based on Rules `, and :ref:`in-store pickup `." msgstr "" @@ -2886,22 +2905,22 @@ msgid "Once your setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to ch msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:116 -msgid "When the product is in stock, a location selector is displayed on the :doc:`product ` and :doc:`checkout ` pages. Customers cannot select a pickup location if the product is out of stock at that location, unless the :ref:`Continue selling ` option for out-of-stock products is enabled." +msgid "When the product is in stock, a location selector is displayed on the :doc:`product ` and :doc:`checkout ` pages. Customers cannot select a pickup location if the product is out of stock at that location, unless the :ref:`Continue selling ` option for out-of-stock products is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:121 msgid "If the :ref:`Show Available Qty ` option is enabled for a product, customers can view the stock quantity available for each warehouse in the location selector on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:124 msgid "Each warehouse must have a **complete address** to ensure its location is accurately displayed to customers. Incomplete addresses prevent the warehouse from being shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:126 msgid "The :guilabel:`Click & Collect` option is not available for services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:127 msgid "By default, the :ref:`Pay on Site ` payment method is :ref:`enabled and published ` when the :guilabel:`Click & Collect` feature is activated." msgstr "" @@ -5768,14 +5787,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage website pages, menus, and search engine optimization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:28 msgid "Configure domain names, address autocompletion, Google Search Console, cookies bar, translations, multiple websites, form spam protection, content delivery network (CDN)." msgstr "" @@ -6891,7 +6902,7 @@ msgid "Odoo allows you to create multiple websites from the same database. This msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 -msgid "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own :doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, :doc:`pages <../structure/pages>`, :doc:`menus <../structure/header_footer>`, :doc:`languages `, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/products>`, assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages `." +msgid "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own :doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, :doc:`pages <../structure/pages>`, :doc:`menus <../structure/header_footer>`, :doc:`languages `, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/configuration/products>`, assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 @@ -7035,7 +7046,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, di msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account <../../ecommerce/customer_accounts>` on all of your websites by enabling the :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` check box in the website settings." +msgid "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account <../../ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts>` on all of your websites by enabling the :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` check box in the website settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 @@ -7182,8 +7193,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:65 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -7295,100 +7306,100 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your website can be translated into multiple languages, allowing visitors to view its content in their preferred language." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:13 msgid "Before translating a website into one or more languages, :doc:`install them on the database <../../../general/users/language>`. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:17 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`General` section, click :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Install new languages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:19 msgid "In the dialog box, select one or more :guilabel:`Languages` from the dropdown menu, click :guilabel:`Add`, then :guilabel:`Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:22 msgid "Next, add the installed language(s) to the website by selecting them under the :guilabel:`Languages` field and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:26 msgid "To remove a language from a website, click the :icon:`oi-close` :guilabel:`(Delete)` icon next to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:32 msgid "Language selector" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:34 msgid "Once another language is added to a website, the language selector is displayed in the website's header and footer, allowing visitors to switch between languages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:38 msgid "Refresh your browser if the language selector or a language option does not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:39 msgid "If the visitor's browser language is not available, the website will use the website's default language. To edit it, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`General` section, select the language using the :guilabel:`Default` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:43 msgid "To hide or customize the appearance of one of the language selectors, open the website in the default language, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then select the language selector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 msgid "To edit the header's language selector:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:48 msgid "In the sidebar, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Language Selector` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:49 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Style` to :guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:63 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Label` to :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Flag`, :guilabel:`Flag and Text`, :guilabel:`Code`, or :guilabel:`Flag and Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:55 msgid "To hide the language selector in the header, go to the :guilabel:`Show/Hide Elements` section and click the :icon:`fa-flag` (:guilabel:`Language selector`) button next to the :guilabel:`Actions` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:59 msgid "To edit the footer's language selector:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:61 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Language selector` field to :guilabel:`Dropdown`, :guilabel:`Inline`, or :guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:68 msgid "You can :ref:`display or hide website elements ` based on the website's language." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:74 msgid "Translate a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:76 msgid "To translate a website page, switch to the language to translate and click :menuselection:`Edit --> Translate` in the top-right corner to activate the translation mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:80 msgid "In this mode, only translatable text can be edited. Any other type of modification with the website builder must be carried out while using the default language." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:82 msgid "Depending on the language added, some default content may already be translated. However, the content you added manually should be translated using the :guilabel:`Translate` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:84 msgid "When text is highlighted in green, it indicates that it has already been translated (manually or automatically). When text is highlighted in yellow, it indicates that it has not been translated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:88 msgid "Click the green button next to the :guilabel:`Translated to` field to automatically translate all text highlighted in yellow. You can also manually translate or adapt text, whether it is highlighted in green or yellow, by selecting it and editing it. Click :guilabel:`Save` when you are done translating." msgstr "" @@ -7396,31 +7407,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Entering the translation mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:97 msgid "The core URL structure remains consistent across languages, while specific elements like product names or categories are translated. For example, `https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1` is the default version of a product page, while `https://www.mywebsite.com/fr/shop/product/mon-produit-1` is the translated version of the same product page. The structure (`/shop/product/`) remains unchanged, but the product name (`my-product`) is translated (`mon-produit`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:103 msgid "Some elements can also be translated from the backend (e.g., product names)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:106 msgid "Translate SEO-related elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:108 msgid "To translate an :ref:`image's alt tag ` (i.e., the image's :guilabel:`Description` field) and title tag (i.e., the image's :guilabel:`Tooltip` field), switch to the language to translate, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Translate`, and select the image. In the :guilabel:`Translate Attribute` box, enter the translation for the :guilabel:`alt` and/or the :guilabel:`title` tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:114 msgid "To add translated :ref:`meta tags `, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Optimize SEO`. In the :guilabel:`Keywords` section, select the language and add the keywords." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:118 msgid "When viewing a website in its default language, all keywords are displayed, regardless of their language. However, when viewing a website in another language, only the keywords relevant to that language are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`Search Engine Optimization <../structure/seo>`" msgstr "" @@ -8180,7 +8191,7 @@ msgid "Save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:172 -msgid "To hide the `Shop` menu item, :doc:`restrict ecommerce access to logged-in users <../../ecommerce/customer_accounts>`." +msgid "To hide the `Shop` menu item, :doc:`restrict ecommerce access to logged-in users <../../ecommerce/configuration/customer_accounts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:178 @@ -9367,59 +9378,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Hide fullscreen button`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Start at`: to define the timestamp where the video should start, in `MM:SS` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:104 msgid "Icons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:106 msgid "To insert an icon, type `/image`, go to the :guilabel:`Icons` tab, select an icon, and click :guilabel:`Add`. To modify an icon, click on it and use the :guilabel:`Icon` section of the website editor to customize options, such as :guilabel:`Color`, :guilabel:`Size`, :ref:`Animations `, :guilabel:`Shape`, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:114 msgid "Links" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:116 msgid "Links are used to connect different pages and resources, guiding visitors and improving navigation. To add a link, type `/link`, then, in the pop-up that opens, enter the link's :guilabel:`Label` and add the :guilabel:`URL or Email`. Type `/` to search for a page and `#` to link to an :ref:`anchor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:122 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Style` field is set to :guilabel:`Link`. Select a different style to transform the link into a :ref:`button `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:128 msgid "Lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:130 msgid "Lists help organize content clearly, making information easier to read and improving web pages' structures. Type `/list` and choose from three different types of lists: :guilabel:`Bulleted lists`, :guilabel:`Numbered lists`, or :guilabel:`Checklists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:137 msgid "Text highlights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:139 msgid "Highlights can be added to titles and text using in the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section of the website editor. To add a highlight:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:142 msgid "Select the text or title you want to highlight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:143 msgid "In the website editor, click on :guilabel:`Highlight`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:144 msgid "Select the highlight style." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:145 msgid "Modify its :guilabel:`Color`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:146 msgid "Choose its :guilabel:`Thickness`." msgstr "" @@ -9427,97 +9442,97 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Highlight texts and titles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:154 msgid "Animations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:156 msgid "Animations are used to add movement to :doc:`building blocks ` and website elements such as images and text. Three types of animation are available: :guilabel:`On Scroll`, :guilabel:`On Appearance`, and :guilabel:`On Hover` (for images only)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:160 msgid "To add an animation to a website element:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:162 msgid "Click on the element." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:163 msgid "In the website editor, go to the relevant section for the element (e.g., :guilabel:`Button`, :guilabel:`Column`, :guilabel:`Inline Text`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:165 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Animation` field, select the desired animation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:166 msgid "Customize the animation settings as needed. Available options vary based on the selected animation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:170 msgid "Animations on scroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:172 msgid "For animations on scroll, it is possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:174 msgid "Choose :guilabel:`In` to add the animation when the element enters the screen and :guilabel:`Out` to add it when it leaves the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:176 msgid "Select an :guilabel:`Effect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:176 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:188 msgid "Choose the :guilabel:`Direction` of the effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:191 msgid "Adapt the :guilabel:`Intensity` of the effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:179 msgid "Define the :guilabel:`Scroll Zone`, where the first value represents the percentage of the screen shown when the effect starts, and the second value represents its percentage at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:183 msgid "Animations on appearance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:185 msgid "For animations on appearance, it is possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:187 msgid "Choose among different effects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:189 msgid "Pick a :guilabel:`Trigger` option to define when the animation occurs: either the :guilabel:`First Time only` or :guilabel:`Every Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:192 msgid "If you want the animation to be triggered after a number of seconds, define this number in the :guilabel:`Start After` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:194 msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Duration` for the animation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:197 msgid "Animations on hover (for images only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:199 msgid "Animations :guilabel:`On hover` can be added to :ref:`images `. You can choose the :guilabel:`Effect` of the animation, as well as the :guilabel:`Color` and the :guilabel:`Stroke Width`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:204 msgid ":doc:`Odoo HTML editor `" msgstr ""